You are on page 1of 186

DR.

RAM MANOHAR LOHIA STATE ACADEMY


FOR
ADMINISTRATION AND MANAGEMENT,
LUCKNOW, UP.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
FOR H.V.A.C WORKS
RMLA AT LUCKNOW
LIST OF CONTENTS
I) AIR CONDITIONING WORKS: .............................................................................................................. 1
A) SCOPE OF WORK AND REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC SYSTEM: ........................................................... 1
B) DESIGN PARAMETERS: ..................................................................................................................... 12
C) STANDARD SPECIFICATION: ............................................................................................................. 14
D) NOISE AND VIBRATION CONTROLS: ................................................................................................ 18
E) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF ROTARY SCREW CHILLERS: ............................................................ 19
F) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF PUMP SETS: .................................................................................... 29
G) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF VARIABLE SPEED PUMPING SYSTEM: ........................................... 32
H) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF INDUCED DRAFT COOLING TOWERS: ............................................ 38
I) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF ELECTRIC HOT WATER GENERATOR: ............................................. 41
J) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF DOUBLE SKINNED AIR HANDLING UNITS: ..................................... 43
K) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF FAN COIL UNITS: ............................................................................ 48
L) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF PRECISION AC UNITS: .................................................................... 51
M) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF DX SPLIT SYSTEM: .......................................................................... 57
N) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF PIPING WORK: ............................................................................... 60
O) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS: ................................................... 71
P) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF EXPANSION TANKS & AIR SEPARATORS: ...................................... 73
Q) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF AIR CIRCULATION SYSTEM: ........................................................... 74
R) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF FIRE DAMPERS: .............................................................................. 83
S) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF INSULATION: .................................................................................. 84
T) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF FANS: .............................................................................................. 88
U) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF AIR WASHER: ................................................................................. 93
V) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF SCRUBBER: ..................................................................................... 95
W) PAINTING WORK: ............................................................................................................................ 96
X) MODE OF MEASUREMENT: .............................................................................................................. 97
Y) INCLUDED ITEMS OF WORK: ........................................................................................................... 99
Z) TESTING OF AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM: .................................................................................... 101
AA) SCHEDULE OF TECHNICAL DATA .................................................................................................... 106
II) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (BMS): ................................. 117
III) ELECTRICAL SYSTEM: ...................................................................................................................... 169
RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-1

AB) LIST OF APPROVED MAKES ............................................................................................................ 181

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

I) AIR CONDITIONING WORKS:

A) SCOPE OF WORK AND REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC SYSTEM:

1.0 SCOPE OF WORK

The general scope of work to be carried out under this HVAC subhead is illustrated in Drawings,
Specifications and Schedule of Quantities. The Contractor shall carry out and complete the said
work under this contract in every respect in conformity with the contract documents and with
the direction of and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall furnish all
labour, materials and equipment as listed under Schedule of Quantities (SOQ) and specified
otherwise, transportation and incidental necessary for supply, installation, testing and
commissioning of the complete air conditioning system as described in the SOQ, Specifications
and as shown on the drawings. This also includes any material, equipment, appliances and
incidental work not specifically mentioned herein or noted on the Drawings/Documents as
being furnished or installed, but which are necessary and customary to be performed under this
contract. The central Heating, Ventilation and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) system shall comprise of
following:

a. Water Chilling Machines.

b. Chilled & Condenser water Pumping system.

c. Cooling towers.

d. Hot water generator.

e. Water treatment system.

f. Air handling units (AHUs) & Treated Fresh Air (TFAs) units.

g. Fan coil units (FCUs).

h. Precision AC units.

i. Split Units.

j. Chilled water, condensing water and condensate drain piping inclusive of all valves and
fittings.

k. Motorised valves & thermostats for AHUs & FCUs.

l. Insulation of pipes, pumps and expansion tank.

m. Expansion tank, Air separator & pot strainer.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-2

n. Sheet metal ducts inclusive of external insulation, acoustic lining, canvas connections,
volume control dampers and smoke dampers as required.
o. Supply and return air registers, diffusers etc.

p. Vane axial, tube axial, propeller fans for mechanical ventilation systems.

q. Air washer, Scrubber for kitchen ventilation.

r. Motor control centres.

s. Vibration isolators for all HVAC equipment.

t. Automatic controls and instruments.

u. Wiring and earthing from MCC panels to various air conditioning and mechanical
ventilation equipment, control wiring and interlocking.

v. Cutting all openings/holes, chases in walls or slab for duct/pipe crossings, including
sealing, frame work, fire proofing, providing sleeves, cover plates, making good
structure and finishes to an approved standard. No additional payment shall be made
by Owners on this account.

w. Provide larger size sleeve for crossing of pipe, conduits & cables through fire rated
wall/partition. The sleeve shall be sealed with fiberglass and fire sealant.

x. Fire/smoke dampers shall be installed as per manufacturer recommendation or as per


Engineer-in-charge instruction to maintain integrity of fire compartmentation. The
Contractor shall submit installation details and obtain approval prior to execution at
site.

y. Balancing, testing and commissioning of the entire HVAC and mechanical ventilation
installation.

z. Test reports, list of recommended spares, as-installed drawings, operation and


maintenance manual for the entire HVAC installation.

aa. Training of owner’s Staff.

2.0 ASSOCIATED CIVIL WORKS


All associated Civil works listed below are excluded from the scope of this HVAC subhead but
these works shall be executed by the contractor through specialized agency engaged by the
contractor for executing civil works as per the requirements and in accordance with approved
shop drawings of HVAC system.

i. RCC foundation for water chilling machines pumps & centrifugal fans with angle iron
frame work at the edges to protect these from damage.

ii. RCC supports for cooling towers.

iii. PCC foundation blocks with angle iron frame work edging for all motor control centre.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-3

iv. PCC foundation for pot strainers.

v. PCC foundation blocks for all air handling units.

vi. Supply and fixing of G.I frame for mounting of grilles in masonry walls.

3.0 ASSOCIATED SERVICES WORKS

3.1 All associated Electrical works listed below are excluded from the scope of this HVAC subhead
but these works shall be executed by the contractor through specialized agency engaged by the
contractor for executing Electrical(Internal EI) works as per the requirements and in accordance
with approved shop drawings of HVAC system.

i. Providing power supply with earthing at the incoming of control panel in A/C plant
room.

ii. Providing power supply and earthing at the incoming MCCB in each air handling unit
control panel.

iii. Providing power and earthing at the incoming MCCB in each fan panel and pump panel
at locations called for on HVAC shop drawings.

iv. Providing 15 amps power outlet within 2 meter reach of each fan coil unit at locations
called for on HVAC shop drawings.

v. Providing 15 amps power outlet within 2 meter reach of each single phase propeller fan
at locations called for on HVAC shop drawings.

vi. Providing wiring and earthing for sump pumps in air conditioning plant room.

Note: The specialized agency executing the HVAC works shall closely coordinate with agency
executing the Electrical works (Internal EI) for executing the above works. Agency executing the
HVAC works shall conform in writing indicating desired electrical load and incoming cable size to
the electrical contractor for his equipment. But the contractor is fully responsible for proper co-
ordination and execution of the above works.

3.2 All associated PLUMBING WORKS listed below are excluded from the scope of this HVAC
subhead but these works shall be executed by the contractor through specialized agency
engaged by the contractor for executing Plumbing works as per the requirements and in
accordance with approved shop drawings of HVAC system. Items available in BOQ under
Plumbing subhead shall be operated for executing these works.

i. Providing soft makeup water required for cooling tower, air washers chilled water / hot
water and expansion tank.

ii. Providing sump pumps and necessary piping for drainage of air conditioning plant room
and other machine rooms.

iii. Providing floor drains in cooling tower area and in air handling unit rooms.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-4

iv. Disposal of condensate drain from fan coil units beyond the condensate drain riser.
4.0 BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS)

The scope of HVAC work shall include the following for the interface to Building Automation
System.

i. Stop/Manual/ Auto switches along with potential free contacts for monitoring the
manual operation status, to be provided for those equipment whose start / stop is
controlled by Building Automation System.

ii. Potential free ‘NO’ contacts for monitoring ‘Run’ status of equipment wherever
required.

iii. Necessary contactor with potential free contacts and Stop/Manual/ Auto switches to be
provided for which requires starting / stopping through Building Automation System.

iv. Sockets /Nipples with shut-off valve for mounting sensors/transmitters on pipe lines.

v. Installation of all motorized control valves with provision of counter flanges shall be
provided by the contractor. Interface cards (0-10 V or 4-20 mA) if required shall be the
scope of contractor for operation of valves & all the mixing valve shall be calibrated
before connecting it to BAS.

vi. The space provision in all the equipment panel ( MCC) such as AHUs, Pumps, Chillers
etc. for mounting Current/ Potential transformers & transducers and power supply to
the transducer shall be provided by the contractor. Separate current transformers shall
be provided for monitoring current / KWH (wherever required) through BAS.

vii. The installation of current transformer & Transducer along with wiring between Current
Transformer & Transducer up to the terminal block shall be provided by the
contractor.

viii. The low voltage BAS Cables shall be brought up to the electric panel by the agency
executing BAS works and all terminations into the electrical panels shall be made by
HVAC executing agency after satisfying himself of the wiring system. It is to be clearly
understood that the final responsibility for the sufficiency, adequacy and conformity to
the contract requirements, of the HVAC system, lies solely with the contractor.

ix. Provision for mounting level switch on cooling tower sump & expansion tank shall be
provided by agency executing HVAC works.

x. 15 Amps. Power supply with MCB shall be provided on all AHU panels and 32 Amps
MCB on HVAC plant room panel for power supply to DDC. Panel.

xi. All necessary Hardware/ Software shall be made available by the HVAC agency on the
chiller Microprocessor panel for the integration of chiller panel to Building Automation
System for remote monitoring / controlling of all parameters of chiller thru BAS.

5.0 PERFORMANCE OF THE SYSTEM

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-5

The contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the Drawings, Specifications,
Schedule of Quantities and other documents forming part of the Contract.
The contractor shall be fully responsible for the performance of the selected equipment at the
specified parameters and for the efficiency of the installation to deliver the required end result.

Complete set of architectural drawings is available with the owner and reference may be made
to same for any details or information. The contractor shall also guarantee that the
performance of various equipment individually, shall not be less than the quoted capacity; also
actual power consumption shall not exceed the quoted rating, during testing and
commissioning, handing over and guarantee period.

The contractor shall verify the AC load computed by consultant. For this, the contractor shall
obtain the latest design basis from the owner (i.e. lighting load, equipment load, latest
architectural & interior plans and occupancy) to cross-check and calculate the capacity of
various equipment.

The contractor shall test the entire HVAC installation in first SUMMER, WINTER AND
MONSOON on following the completion of the installation to check and do everything
necessary to ensure that the specified indoor conditions in all spaces are maintained, that
all water and air systems are properly balanced, that all controls are calibrated accurately, and
that all units are functioning satisfactorily. In case of failure to demonstrate the result of system
in any season, the test shall be repeated in following year and the defects liability period shall
be extended accordingly and the contractor has to extend / submit the performance guarantee
accordingly.

6.0 BYE-LAWS AND REGULATIONS

The installation shall be in conformity with the Bye-laws, Regulations and Standards of the local
authorities concerned, in so far as these become applicable to the installation. But if these
Specifications and Drawings call for a higher standard of materials and / or workmanship than
those required by any of the above regulations and standards, then these Specifications and
Drawings shall take precedence over the said regulations and standards. However, if the
Drawings and specifications require something which violates the Bye-laws and Regulations,
then the Bye-laws and Regulations shall govern the requirement of this installation.

7.0 FEES AND PERMITS

The contractor shall obtain all permits/ licenses and pay for any and all fees required for the
inspection, approval and commissioning of their installation.

8.0 DRAWINGS

The HVAC Drawings are diagrammatic only and indicate arrangement of various systems and
the extent of work covered in the contract. These Drawings indicate the points of supply and of
termination of services and broadly suggest the routes to be followed. Under no circumstances
shall dimensions be scaled from these Drawings. The architectural/interiors drawings and
details shall be examined for exact location of equipment, controls, grilles and diffusers.

The contractor shall follow the tender drawings in preparation of his shop drawings, and for
subsequent installation work. The contractor shall check the drawings of other trades to verify

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-6

spaces in which his work will be installed. Any changes/modifications required at site due to
lack of coordination with other agencies shall be carried out at contractor’s cost.

Maximum headroom and space conditions shall be maintained at all points. Where headroom
appears inadequate, the contractor shall notify the owner’s representative before proceeding
with the installation. In case installation is carried out without notifying, the work shall be
rejected and contractor shall rectify the same at his own cost.

The contractor shall examine all architectural, structural, plumbing, electrical and other services
drawings and check the as-built works before starting the work, report to the owner any
discrepancies and obtain clarification. Any changes found essential to coordinate installation of
his work with other services and trades, shall be made with prior approval of the owner
representative without additional cost to the owner. The data given in the Drawings and
Specifications is as it could be procured.

9.0 TECHNICAL DATA

The Contractor before placing purchase order for the equipments of HVAC system, shall submit
the Technical data of all major equipments. The contractor must follow all the technical
specifications mentioned in the tender.

10.0 SHOP DRAWINGS

10.1 All the shop drawings shall be prepared on computer through Autocad System based on
Architectural Drawings and site measurements. All heat load calculations shall be done using
latest version of HAP/Trace 600 only. Within agreed time frame with Engineer-in-charge after
award of the contract, contractor shall furnish, for the approval of the consultant, two sets of
detailed shop drawings of all equipment and materials including layouts for Plant room, AHU
rooms, cooling towers, fan coil units, ventilation fans; detailed ducting drawings showing exact
location of supports, flanges, bends, tee connections, reducers, guide vanes, silencers,
distribution grids, volume control dampers, collars, grilles, diffusers; detailed piping drawings
showing exact location and type of supports, valves, fittings etc; acoustic lining and external
insulation details for ducts, pipe insulation etc; electrical panels inside/outside views, power
and control wiring schematics, cable trays, supports and terminations. These shop drawings
shall contain all information required to complete the Project as per specifications and as
required by the owner/architect/consultant. These Drawings shall contain details of
construction, size, arrangement, operating clearances, performance characteristics and capacity
of all items of equipment, also the details of all related items of work by other contractors. Each
shop drawing shall contain tabulation of all measurable items of equipment/materials/works
and progressive cumulative totals from other related drawings to arrive at a variation-in-
quantity statement at the completion of all shop drawings. Minimum 06 sets of drawings shall
be submitted after final approval along with CD.

Each item of equipment/material proposed shall be a standard catalogue product of an


established manufacturer strictly from the manufacturers listed in Approved makes for
enclosed in the tender.

When owner/architect/consultant makes any amendments in the above drawings, the


contractor shall supply two fresh sets of drawings with the amendments duly incorporated
along with check prints, for approval. The contractor shall submit further 06 sets of shop
drawings to the client for the exclusive use by the owner and all other agencies. No material or

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-7

equipment may be delivered or installed at the job site until the contractor has in his
possession, the approved shop drawing for the particular material/equipment/installation.

10.2 Shop drawings shall be submitted for approval four weeks in advance of planned delivery and
installation of any material to allow owner ample time for scrutiny. No claims for extension of
time shall be entertained because of any delay in the work due to his failure to produce shop
drawings at the right time, in accordance with the approved programme.

10.3 Manufacturers drawings, catalogues, pamphlets and other documents submitted for approval
shall be in four sets. Each item in each set shall be properly labeled, indicating the specific
services for which material or equipment is to be used, giving reference to the governing
section and clause number and clearly identifying in ink the items and the operating
characteristics. Data of general nature shall not be accepted.

10.4 Samples of all materials like grilles, diffusers, controls, insulation, pre-moulded pipe section,
control wires etc shall be submitted to the owner prior to procurement. These will be submitted
in two sets for approval and retention by owner and shall be kept in their site office for
reference and verification till the completion of the Project. Wherever directed a mockup or
sample installation shall be carried out for approval before proceeding for further installation.

10.5 Approval of shop drawings shall not be considered as a guarantee of measurements or of


building dimensions. Where drawings are approved, said approval does not mean that the
drawings supercede the contract requirements, nor does it in any way relieve the contractor of
the responsibility or requirement to furnish material and perform work as required by the
contract. Contractor shall verify the feasibility at site prior to commencing ordering or
fabrication based on approved shop drawings.

10.6 Where the contractor proposes to use an item of equipment, other than that specified or
detailed on the drawings, which requires any redesign of the structure, partitions, foundation,
piping, wiring or any other part of the mechanical, electrical or architectural layouts; all such re-
design, and all new drawings and detailing required therefore, shall be prepared by the
contractor at his own expense and got approved by the owner. Any delay on such account shall
be at the cost of and consequence of the Contractor.

Where the work of the contractor has to be installed in close proximity to, or will interfere with
work of other agencies, he shall assist in working out space conditions to make a satisfactory
adjustment. If so directed by the owner the contractor shall prepare composite working
drawings and sections at a suitable scale, not less than 1:50, clearly showing how his work is to
be installed in relation to the work of other agencies, If the Contractor installs his work before
coordinating with other agencies, or so as to cause any interference with work of other
agencies, he shall make all the necessary changes without extra cost to the owner.

10.7 The contractor during execution shall strictly follow the approved shop drawing. In case of any
change in route, size or any other item, contractor shall obtain written approval from
owner/architect/consultant prior to execution at site.

10.8 Along with shop drawings, the contractors shall submit comprehensive variation in quantity
statement to owner for approval.

11.0 QUIET OPERATION AND VIBRATION ISOLATION

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-8

All equipment shall operate under all conditions of load without any sound or vibration which is
objectionable in the opinion of the owner. In case of rotating machinery, sound or vibration
noticeable outside the room in which it is installed, or annoyingly noticeable inside its own
room, shall be considered objectionable. Such conditions shall be corrected by the Contractor
at his own expense. The contractor shall guarantee that the equipment installed shall maintain
the specified NC levels.

12.0 ACCESSIBILITY

The Contractor shall verify the sufficiency of the size of the shaft openings, clearances in cavity
walls and suspended ceilings for proper installation of his ducting and piping. His failure to
communicate insufficiency of any of the above shall constitute his acceptance of sufficiency of
the same. The Contractor shall locate all equipment which must be serviced, operated or
maintained in fully accessible positions. The exact location and size of all access panels,
required for each concealed control damper, valve or other devices requiring attendance, shall
be finalized and communicated in sufficient time, to be provided in the normal course of work.
Failing this, the Contractor shall make all the necessary repairs and changes at his own expense.
Access panel shall be standardized for each piece of equipment / device / accessory and shall be
clearly nomenclatured / marked and coordinate with other agencies.

It shall be responsibility of contractor to monitor the works executed by other agencies which
may affect the performance of HVAC system.

13.0 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

All materials and equipment shall conform to the relevant Indian Standards and shall be of the
approved make and design. Makes shall be strictly in conformity with list of approved makes
enclosed in the tender.

14.0 MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS

Where manufacturer has furnished specific instructions, relating to the material and equipment
used in this project, covering points not specifically mentioned in these documents, such
instructions shall be followed in all cases.

15.0 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

The electrical work related to air conditioning services, shall be carried out in full knowledge of,
and with the complete coordination of the contractor. The electrical installation shall be in total
conformity with the control wiring drawings prepared by the contractor and approved by the
owner/architect/consultant. All air conditioning equipment shall be connected and tested in the
presence of an authorised representative of the contractor.

The air conditioning system shall be commissioned only after the contractor has certified in
writing that the electrical installation work for air conditioning services has been thoroughly
checked, tested and found to be totally satisfactory and in full conformity with the contract
Drawings, Specifications and manufacturers instructions. It is to be clearly understood that the
final responsibility for the sufficiency, adequacy and conformity to the contract requirements,
of the electrical installation work for air conditioning services, lies solely with the contractor.

16.0 COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-9

On completion of the Electrical installation for air conditioning, a certificate shall be furnished
by the contractor, counter signed by the licensed supervisor, under whose direct supervision
the installation was carried out. This certificate shall be in the prescribed form as required by
the local authority.

The contractor shall be responsible for getting the entire electrical installation for air
conditioning system duly approved by the local authorities concerned, and shall bear expenses
if any, in connection with the same.

17.0 BALANCING, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

Balancing of all air and water systems and all tests as called for the Specifications shall be
carried out by the contractor through a specialist group, in accordance with the Specifications
and ASHRAE Guide lines and Standards. Performance test shall consist of three days of 10 hour
each operation of system for each season witnessed by owner.

The results for summer, monsoon and winter air conditioning in quadruplicate, shall be
submitted for scrutiny. Four copies of the certified manufacturers performance curves for each
piece of equipment, high lighting operational parameters for the project, shall be submitted
alongwith the test certificates. Contractor shall also provide four copies of record of all safety
and automatic control settings for the entire installation.

The installation shall be tested again after removal of defects and shall be commissioned only
after approval by the owner. All tests shall be carried out in the presence of the representatives
of the owner/architect/consultant.

18.0 COMPLETION DRAWINGS

Contractor shall periodically submit completion drawings as and when work in all respects is
completed in a particular area. These drawings shall be submitted in the form of two sets of
CD’s and four portfolios (300 x 450 mm) each containing complete set of drawings on approved
scale indicating the work as - installed. These drawings shall clearly indicate complete plant
room layouts, ducting and piping layouts, location of wiring and sequencing of automatic
controls, location of all concealed piping, valves, controls, dampers, wiring and other services.
Each portfolio shall also contain consolidated control diagrams and technical literature on all
controls. The contractor shall frame under glass, in the air-conditioning plant room, one set of
these consolidated control diagrams.

19.0 OPERATING INSTRUCTION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Upon completion and commissioning of part HVAC system the contractor shall submit a draft
copy of comprehensive operating instructions, maintenance schedule and log sheets for all
systems and equipment included in this contract. This shall be supplementary to manufacturer’s
operating and maintenance manuals. Upon approval of the draft, the contractor shall submit
four (4) complete bound sets of typewritten operating instructions and maintenance manuals
to owner. These manuals shall also include basis of design, detailed technical data for each
piece of equipment as installed, spare parts manual and recommended spares for 5 year period
of maintenance of each equipment.

20.0 ON SITE TRAINING

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-10

Upon completion of all work and all tests, the Contractor shall train the owner’s Engineers /
Personnel in the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all equipment installed.
21.0 HANDING OVER OF SYSTEM

The system shall be taken over by owner after successful commissioning and completion of
work in all respect.

22.0 MAINTENANCE DURING DEFECTS LIABILITY PERIOD

The defects liability period shall be as mentioned in tender document.

22.1 Complaints
The Contractor shall receive calls for any and all problems experienced in the operation of the
system under this contract, attend to these immediately after receiving the complaints and
shall take steps to correct any deficiencies that may exist.

22.2 Repairs

All equipment that require repairing shall be immediately serviced and repaired. Since the
period of Mechanical Maintenance runs concurrently with the defects liability period, all
replacement parts and labour shall be supplied promptly free-of-charge to the owner.

23.0 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DURING DEFECTS LIABILITY PERIOD

Contractor shall to carry out the operation of the HVAC installation during the defects liability
period.

23.1 Operation contract (HVAC System)

i. 24 hours a day, year round by engaging one Operator & one Helper in each shift (Each
shift is 8 hours duration) including relievers for the above staff for operating the system
on all holidays / Sundays / weekly off.

ii. All stand-by equipment to be operated as per mutually agreed programme.

iii. Proper entry and upkeep of relevant log books.

iv. Maintain complaints register. Submit weekly report.

v. Proper housekeeping of all areas under the contract.

vi. Prepare daily consumption report and summary of operation.

24.0 DEFECTS LIABILITY PERIOD

The defects liability period shall be as mentioned in the tender document which shall reckon
from the date of commissioning & handing over the system during which period any or all
components found to be defective shall be replaced or repaired free of charge and any
shortcomings found in the system functioning as specified shall be rectified at no extra cost to
owner.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-11

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-12

B) DESIGN PARAMETERS:

1.0 Given below are some design parameters which should be followed in addition to those given in
various sections of technical specifications enclosed.

2.0 a) Temperature of chilled water entering the chiller ºC : 12.22

b) Temperature of chilled water leaving the chiller ºC : 6.67

c) Fouling factor of chiller (FPS) : 0.00050

d) Temperature of water to inlet of condenser ºC : 32.22

e) Temperature of water leaving the condenser ºC : 37.77

f) Fouling factor of Condenser (FPS) : 0.0010

3.0 AIR - HANDLERS

a) Maximum Face velocity across cooling coil MPM : 152.0

b) Maximum face velocity across pre-filters MPM : 152.0

c) Maximum water pressure drop across the coil in Mt. : 4.6

d) Maximum water velocity through coil in MPS : 2.5

e) Fan outlet velocity (maxm.) MPS : 10.0

4.0 AIR - WASHERS

a) Maximum Face velocity across cooling pad MPM : 152.0

b) Thickness of fill (in mm) : 200.0

c) Maximum face velocity across prefilters MPM : 152.0

d) Efficiency of air washer : 90 %

e) Fan Speed (maxm.) of air washer unit RPM : 1000

5.0 DUCTING WORK

a) Method of Duct Design : Equal friction method

b) Maximum air velocity in supply duct MPM : 550.0

c) Maximum air velocity in return duct MPM : 305.0

d) Friction loss in duct (maxm.) MM Wg in 100 Mt run. : 8.33

e) Maximum Velocity at supply air grill outlet MPM : 150.00

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-13

6.0 PIPING WORK

a) Friction loss (maxm.) Mt / 30 Mt length : 1.60

b) Flow velocity (maxm.) Mt / Sec. : 2.50

7.0 INSULATION

Maximum temperature rise in the supply air duct from Air-handlers outlet to farthest outlet in
ºC 1.10

8.0 REFRIGERANT

The Imported Rotary Screw Water Cooled Chiller shall be selected for R-134A refrigerant.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-14

C) STANDARD SPECIFICATION:

1.0 SCOPE OF WORK

The complete scope of work shall cover supply, erection, testing and commissioning of the
entire HVAC system as detailed under specification.

2.0 BASIS OF DESIGN

The entire system has been based and designed on climatological data available as given under
Basis of Design and Scheme.

3.0 TERMS AND DEFINATIONS

The followings terms have been used in the tender specifications, drawings etc.

ISI Bureau of Indian Standards.

ASHRAE American Society of Heating Refrigeration & Air-conditioning


Engineers, USA.

ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers.

ASA American Standard Association.

B.S. British Standards.

CMH Cubic Meter per Hour.

US GPM US Gallons per minute.

IGPM Imperial Gallons per Minute.

RPM Revolutions per Minute.

BTU/Hr. British Thermal Unit per Hour.

Kcal/Hr.Kilo Calories per Hour.

HZ Hertz.

H.P. Horse Power

Kg/Cm2 Kilo Gram per Square Centimeter.

SAG Supply Air Grills.

SAD Supply Air Diffuser.

SAF Supply Air Filters.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-15

FD Fire Damper.

VCD Volume Control Damper.

RAD Return Air Damper.

FAD Fresh Air Damper.

RH Relative Humidity.

DB Dry Bulb Temperature.

WB Wet Bulb Temperature.

MV Mechanical Ventilation.

DP Drain Point.

VAV Variable Air Volume

4.0 The codes, regulation as detailed below shall be followed in this contract :-

1. Safety code for air-conditioning


(revised) amendment 1 IS 659 : 1964 (reaffirmed 1991)

2. Safety code for mechanical


Refrigeration IS 660 : 1963 (reaffirmed 1991)

3. Thermostats for use in IS 11338 : 1965


refrigeration etc. (reaffirmed 1991)

4. Metal Duct Work IS 655 : 1963 (reaffirmed 1991)

5. Steel for general structural IS 2062 : 1992


purpose

6. Piping Work IS 1239 Part I & II 1990 / 1992


IS & BS : 3601

7. Welding IS : 3589

8. Refrigeration As per ASHRAE / ISI


Airconditioning & Refrigeration
Air-conditioning institute
Standards.

9. Hot Dip Zinc Coated Steel Tubes IS 4736 : 1968

10. Butterfly Valve IS 13095 : 1991

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-16

11. Steel Pipe flanges IS : 6392

12. Gaskets IS 638 : 1979 ( reaffirmed 1993)

13. Dual plate Check Valve for AP : 194


Water Lines

14. Colour code for the identification IS 2379 : 1963


of pipe lines

15. HRC Cartridge fuse links IS 2208 : 1976


upto 650 Volts.

16. Starter IS 8554 ( Part I) 1979

17. Inspection and testing of IS 732 ( Part III) 1979


installation

18. Galvanized steel wire IS 277 : 1977

19. Three phase induction motors IS : 325

20. PVC insulated ( heavy duty ) IS 1554 : 1981 Part I & II


cables for working voltage
up to 1.1. KV and up to 11 KV
Grade respectively.

21. Code for practice for electrical IS 732 : 1989


wiring installations.

22. Code for practice for earthing IS 3043 : 1966

23. Horizontal centrifugal pumps IS : 1620

24. Bourdon tube pressure and vacuum IS : 3624


gauges.

25. Specification for single phase small IS : 996


A/C & universal motors

26. Circuit breaker A.C IS 2516 : 1980 Part I & II

27. Contactors for A.C for voltage IS 2959 : 1975


upto 1100 V.

28. Low voltage switch gear and control IS 8623 : 1993 Part I & II
gear assemblies.

29. Code of practice for selection of IS 3914


starters for AC induction motors

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-17

30. Specification for cables glands IS 4821

31. Code for selection, installation & IS 10118 : 1982 Part I to IV


maintenance of switch gear and
control gear.

32. Conduits for electrical installations IS 9537 : 1981 Part I to IV

33. Permissible limits of noise level IS 12065 : 1987


for rotating electrical machines.

34. Code of practice for installation IS 3106 : 1966


and maintenance of motors

35. Gun metal valves IS : 778

36. Method for testing Panel type air IS 7613 : 1975 (reaffirmed 1991)
filters for AC purposes.

5.0 SAFTEY CODES

The following IS codes shall be followed:

Safety code for mechanical refrigeration IS 660

Safety code for air conditioning IS 659

Safety code for scaffolds & ladders IS 3696

Code of practice for fire precaution in IS 3016


Welding & cutting operations

Code for safety procedures and practices IS 5216


In electrical works

Code of practice for safety and health IS 3696


Requirements in electrical & gas welding
And cutting operations.

6.0 SPACE

All shop drawings shall be prepared by the A.C Contractor after examining the Architectural &
AC drawings.

7.0 TENTATIVE LAYOUT PLANS

The tentative layout plans enclosed with the tender documents are only for guidance purposes
only.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-18

D) NOISE AND VIBRATION CONTROLS:

1.0 The air conditioning contractor must take all necessary precautions to have minimum noise
generation and its transmission. Minimum vibration as permitted by IS relevant code shall be
ensured. A few points for guidance only are given below:

2.0 a) Double fire retardant flexible connections shall be provided from air discharge to outlet
of air-handler to the duct.

b) Vibration isolation pads of suitable thickness commensurate to loading for isolation of


vibration shall be provided under all pumps, air handlers fans etc. in consultation with
manufacturer for proper selection of vibration isolators

c) Vibration isolation springs of suitable size to suit the weight of water chilling machine if
recommended by the manufacturer for elimination of vibrations shall be provided as
suitable for type & model of water chilling unit.

d) All end suction pumps shall be bolted and grouted to the inertia base which in turn shall
be supported on suitable vibration isolation rubber pads duly sandwitched with 20G GI
sheets. Concrete inertia blocks shall be formed of suitable thickness and of adequate
mass.

e) The floor supported piping shall be mounted on pipe supports with 7.5mm ribbed
neoprene pads between the base plate of the pipes and the floors.

f) All items suspended from false ceiling shall be isolated on separate hangers.

g) In case of ducts, conduits, pipes & tubes the annular space between construction and
penetrating element shall be sealed with sand cement plaster.

h) The air-conditioning contractor shall take all other precautions or shall make his own
arrangements even if not specified in the tender documents for eliminating high noise
levels & shall minimize vibrations in all mechanical equipments without any additional
cost to owner.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-19

E) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF ROTARY SCREW CHILLERS:

I. ROTARY SCREW TYPE WATER CHILLING MACHINE

1.0 GENERAL

The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on plans water cooled water chilling
unit. The construction, performance and rating of the chillers shall be in accordance with latest
ARI standard 550 / 590 -1998 and shall comply with ANS.B 9.1 safety code, National Electrical
code and ASME pressure vessel code, section-VIII, division (1). Necessary 3 phase, 50 Hz, 415
volts, A.C. Power supply shall be made available for all units. The unit shall be guaranteed by
chilling unit manufacturer to produce a capacity of not less than specified tons of refrigeration
at specified leaving chilled water temperature, entering condenser water temperature, fouling
factor. The chiller models offered should be either ARI or EUROVENT certified.

1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE

Compressor shall be dynamically balanced by the manufacturer and over-speed tested by the
manufacturer at a minimum of 120% design operating speed. Each compressor assembly shall
under go a mechanical run-in test to check proper operation of various components and to
verify that vibration levels, oil pressure / temperatures, and efficiency are within acceptable
limits. Each compressor assembly shall be pneumatically proof tested at 232 psig for R-134a and
leak tested with a tracer gas at 185 psig.

Both cooler and condenser shall be proof tested at 232 psig for R-134a on the refrigerant side
and leak tested with a refrigerant tracer gas at 185 psig. The waterside of each heat exchanger
shall be hydro-statically tested at 1.5 times the rated working pressure.

The entire chiller assembly shall be leak tested with a refrigerant tracer gas at 300 psig.

Prior to shipment the chiller controls shall be power tested to verify proper controls operation.

Chiller shall be furnished with unit-mounted starters for compressor motor and shall be factory
tested under power to verify proper compressor rotation and proper starter operation prior to
shipment.

1.2 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

Unit shall be stored and handled in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

Unit shall be properly packed in wooden box secured tight on bottom planks with the help of
bolts. Weatherproof wrapping shall also be provided to avoid damage during shipping. Lifting
lugs shall be clearly indicated for the ease of handling.

Unit shall be shipped with all refrigerant piping and control-wiring factory installed.
Unit shall be shipped pre-charged with refrigerant and oil as specified on the equipment
schedule. Unit shall be shipped with firmly attached metal plates that indicate name of
manufacturer, chiller model number, chiller serial number and refrigerant used.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-20

1.3 WARRANTY

Warranty shall include parts and labour for one year after start-up. Rates for Annual
Maintenance contract inclusive of labour and spares for three years after warranty period shall
be quoted separately.

2.0 BASIC UNIT

The unit shall consist in general of one / two semi hermetic / hermetic chiller, Microprocessor
based automatic control panel, Star Delta close transition type motor starter, accessories and
devices as listed. The chiller package performance shall be tested as per ARI standards. These
shall be suitable for HCFC-134a refrigerant.

3.0 COMPRESSOR MOTOR ASSEMBLY

3.1 Each unit shall have a rotary screw bolted semi hermetic / hermetic / open type compressors
horizontal or vertical type with field serviceable helical rotor / semi hermetic rotary type
compressor duly sealed joints with “O” rings.

3.2 The rotary screw shall be manufactured from forged steel, with asymmetrical profiles. The
profile of screws, shall permit safe operation upto a Speed of 3000 RPM for 50 HZ operation.

3.3 The compressor housing shall be of high grade cast iron, machined with precision, to provide a
very close tolerance between the rotors and the housing.

3.4 The rotors shall be mounted on anti-friction bearings designed to reduce friction and power
input. There shall be multiple cylindrical bearings to handle the radial and axial loads.

3.5 There shall be built in oil reservoir to ensure full supply of lubricants to all bearings and a check
valve to prevent backspin during shut down.

3.6 There shall be oil pump or other means of forced lubrication of all parts during startup,
running and coasting for shut down. An oil header shall be provided in the casing.
3.7 The unit shall be complete with capacity control mechanism, to permit modulation between
20% to 100% of Capacity range. The compressor control mechanism shall have automatic spring
return capability to ensure return of capacity control valve to minimum load position to ensure
starting of compressor at minimum load. The manufacturer shall submit the load position at
starting point. The compressor shall unload from fully loaded to the minimum capacity by
means of a hydraulically actuated slide valve.

3.8 An oil separator shall be included to remove oil from the refrigerant and there shall be suitable
heat exchanger for oil separation, if required.

3.9 The motor shall be suction or discharge gas cooled in case of hermatic/ semi-hermatic machines
having redundant overload protection having thermal overload as well as current overload
protection.

3.10 Economizer, if provided in the design capacity, shall be constructed out of corrosion resistant
stainless steel plates so as to have turbulent flow and higher heat transfer area. The economizer
shall be minimum tested for 450 psig as per ASME certifications.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-21

3.11 Compressor shall be fully field serviceable with full acoustical attenuation as per ARI standard
575 (latest) and easily serviceable type compressor safeties shall also include high compressor
discharge temperature, high motor winding temperature, low oil pressure, reverse rotation,
high discharge pressure, motor over load protection.

3.12 Compressor shall be equipped with internal pressure relief valve to protect against over
pressure at high side and chiller shall be protected with an external relief valve.

4.0 CONDENSER

4.1 Condenser shall be of shell and tube type construction. Heat exchanger shall be fabricated with
high-performance tubing, steel shell and tube sheets with cast-iron water boxes. Water boxes
shall be nozzle-in-head types with integral flanged water connections.

4.2 Tubing shall be copper, high-efficiency type, with integral internal and external enhancement.
Tubes shall be nominal 3/4" OD with nominal wall thickness of 0.025" measured at the root of
the fin. Tubes shall be rolled into tube sheets and shall be individually replaceable. Tube sheet
holes shall be double grooved for joint structural integrity. Cooler tubes shall be expanded into
intermediate support sheets. Intermediate support sheet spacing shall not exceed 36 inches.

4.3 Water boxes and nozzle connections shall be designed for 150-psig maximum working pressure,
unless otherwise noted. Nozzles shall feature standard ASA flanged connections.

4.4 Pressure relief valves shall be installed on the heat exchanger.

4.5 Water boxes shall have vents; drains and covers to permit tube cleaning. A temperature sensor
shall be factory installed in each water nozzle.

4.6 The condenser shell shall include a thermal economiser, which cools the condensed liquid
refrigerant to a reduced temperature thereby increasing the refrigeration cycle efficiency. A
compressor discharge isolation valve and liquid return isolation valve shall be factory installed
to allow isolation of the refrigerant charge in the condenser.

5.0 COOLER

5.1 The cooler shall be direct expansion / flooded, shell and tube type, with steel shell and seamless
copper tubes. The refrigerant head shall be removable type. The tubes shall be supported in the
shell by adequate stiff supports to eliminate vibrations and noise. The tube ends shall be fixed
firmly into the tube sheets to prevent leakage of refrigerant gas.

5.2 The cooler shall be tested against leaks and stamped in accordance with ASME code for the
refrigerant being used and otherwise tested and constructed and tested in accordance with
ASME or equivalent approved code requirements.

5.4 The cooler shall have one / two independent refrigerant circuits.

5.5 The cooler shall be factory insulated with 19 mm thick closed cell polyethylene/nitrile butile.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-22

6.0 CONTROLS

6.1 All the controls shall be factory wired and located in a weather proof enclosure. These shall
include fuses, selector switch, oil safety switch, high and low pressure cutouts, interlocks for
crankcase heaters and inherent motor protection devices, recycling pump-down circuit, high
discharge temperature cutout indicator lamps shall be provided for the compressor units. The
control center shall have a 40 / 80 character alphanumeric LCD display. All in one glance access
to chiller operating area.

6.2 Necessary starters for compressor motors shall be included and provided within the unit. The
compressor, cooler and the condenser shall be electrically interlocked such that the compressor
can run only when the water flow through both the heat exchangers is established. The chiller
shall have factory installed microprocessor control for various control functions.

6.3 Water Chilling Machine Control System

The water chilling unit shall be complete with microprocessor based type control system, which
shall have the following features :-

a. Self diagnostic capability to locate faults and give early warning.


b. Leaving chilled water temperature control and reset capability.
c. Automatic sequencing of various functions for starting, running and stopping of the
various components of the unit based on demand.
d. A programmable microprocessor complete with key pad and LED display window to
perform the above functions.

e. The control package shall also consist of, but not limited to the following components:
 Low control voltage to unit.
 Field power and control circuit terminal blocks.
 On/off switch.
 Replaceable relay board.
 Leaving chilled water set point board.
 Diagnostic digital display module.
 Microprocessor board.
 Temperature reset board.

6.4 Service Function:

a. Capacity control shall be by means of slide valve located at the rotor inlet. Load
modulation shall be from 100% to 20% of full load without the use of hot gas by-pass
under normal ARI condition. The slide valve control shall be precise, positioned by a PID
(proportional- integral- derivative) control algorithm to ensure precise control (+/- .5
degree F) of desired chilled water temperature without hunting or overshooting the set
point.

b. The microprocessor control system shall include a programmed sequence to meet


prelube and postlube needs prior to machine start-up and during coast-down after
machine stop. The microprocessor shall automatically activate and interlock the chilled
water pump; condenser water pump and cooling tower fans upon chiller activation.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-23

c. Upon request to start the compressor, the control system shall start the chilled water
pump, condenser water pump and cooling tower fans; verify that flow has been
established; and then compare leaving chilled water temperature with the chilled water
set point. If the chilled water temperature is less than the chilled water set point, the
control system will shut down the condenser water pump and wait for the cooling load
to be established.

d. The control system shall include two compressor timers to protect the motor from
rapid cycling. The start-inhibit timer shall prevent rapid compressor restart by limiting
the start time to 3 minutes minimum. In addition the compressor shall be inhibited
from restarting from if more than 8 manual starts within a 12-hour period have
occurred.

e. The control system shall automatically cycle the compressor off to minimise energy
usage whenever the leaving chilled water temperature is 5 degree F below the desired
chilled water set point. The chilled water pump shall remain on, and when the leaving
chilled water temperature rises above the set point by a user-configured amount, the
compressor shall automatically be recycled back on. During the shutdown period, a
message shall be displayed informing the operator a recycle restart is pending.

f. The control centre shall monitor line voltage and if loss of voltage, high or low line
voltage, or single cycle dropout is sensed, the chiller shall shut down. Upon restoration
of line voltage, if the auto restart after power failure algorithm is enabled in the
configuration mode, the chiller shall automatically restart and resume the mode of
operation prior to shutdown.

g. The control centre shall allow reset of chilled water temperature set point based on
water temperature rise across the evaporator. Optional input/output module shall be
provided so the following can also be achieved:

 Chilled water reset based on 4-20 mA signal.


 Chilled water reset based on a remote temperature sensor (such as outdoor air).
 Remote start/stop.

When reset is active a message shall be displayed indicating the type reset in effect.

The control centre will limit amp draw of the compressor to the rated load amps or to a
value lower based on the following criteria:

Demand limit based on user input ranging from 40%-100% of compressor rated load
amps.
Demand limit based on an external 4-20 mA signal.
When demand limit is active; a message shall be displayed indicating the source of
demand signal.

6.5 The microprocessor based control system shall maximize both compressor and motor life by
equalizing the number of starts and operating hours. The unit control module shall start the
compressor with the least number of starts and turn off the compressor with most number of
operating hours, thereby equalizing the starts and running hours and compressor wear.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-24

6.6 Electronic Expansion Valve / Refrigerant flow control


6.6.1 Electronic Expansion Valve
The electronic expansion valve shall offer the possibility of additional actions to control the
operation of the chiller unit. This valve shall optimize filling of the evaporator. A sensor shall
measure over-heating at the evaporator outlet to adjust the flow of the refrigerant fluid during
operation. By means of Control logic, the electronic expansion valve shall ensure more stable
operation when the load or pressure in the cooling circuit undergoes variations.

The electronic expansion valve shall not only be actuated by an oversize stepper motor,
insensitive to the presence of particles in the circuit, it shall also be equipped with a self
diagnosis function. Each time the chiller unit shall start the expansion valve shall undergo a
series of tests to ensure it will operate correctly.

The electronic module shall pre-position the expansion valve for each new operating state, so
as to anticipate modification of operating parameters in a transient operating state.

6.6.2 Refrigerant Metering Device


Liquid refrigerant from the condenser shall be metered using a direct acting float-type metering
device to maintain the proper liquid level of refrigerant in the heat exchangers under both full
and part load operating conditions. Flow orifice shall have a liquid seal. The float device
chamber shall have a bolted access cover to allow field inspection and float device shall be field
serviceable.

The control logic should intervene in the compressor's capacity control function to ensure that
the chiller unit operates to the maximum of the available capacity.

6.7 The control logic shall make it possible to keep the chiller unit in operation and provide the
maximum available capacity to rapidly satisfy demand.

The control logic shall make it possible to rest the set point for water depending on the return
water and ambient temperature without having to make use of external adjustment.

The microprocessor shall monitor the following parameters and shall have provision to be
connected to a printer for generating operating logs at pre-programmed time interval:
a. Entering and leaving chilled water temperatures
b. Entering and leaving condenser water temperatures
c. Evaporator and condenser refrigerant temperatures and pressures.
d. Percentage line voltage.
e. Compressor start and running hours.
f. Active set points:
 Chilled water reset
 Current limit set point
g. Part Failure diagnostics
 Water temperature sensors.
 Refrigerant temperature sensors.
 Compressor contactors status.
 Differential oil pressure switch.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-25

It shall give audio alarm and screen display on equipment failure. Microprocessor control shall
duly cycle the equipment, provide equal run time for all units and start the other compressor in
case of failure of one unit.

6.8 Remote Display Panel

The chiller shall be complete with remote display panel capable of providing display of following
data as minimum:

All water temperatures and setpoints.


Chiller operating mode.
Current limit setpoint
Saturated Refrigerant temperatures and pressures.
Compressor Starts and Number of hours.
Line currents and Voltages

7.0 REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT

The refrigerant piping between compressors, chiller and condenser shall be of heavy gauge
copper with brazed joints. The circuit shall include sight glass, moisture indicator, solenoid
valves, electronic expansion valves / metering devices, filter driers and necessary shut off valves
with charging connections.

8.0 MISCELLANEOUS
Each unit shall be provided with the following:
8.1 Necessary full charge of refrigerant gas and lubricating oil. Interconnecting refrigerant piping.
8.2 External Control of chilled water temperature through a 4-20mA signal from other source.
8.3 Main incoming power disconnect in the panel.
8.4 MS Joists, channels and all other building works required for installation and commissioning.
Steel structure as required for assembling / manufacturing above equipment.
8.5 Spring vibration isolators below the unit rated by the isolator manufacturers to absorb 90% of
unit vibration and as approved by the engineer
8.6 Water flow switches at the outlet of chilling unit.

9.0 INTERLOCKS

Manual / automatic Remote start.


Starting / stopping sequence.
Pre flow/past flow.
Compressor starter press interlock.
Pre start check of safeties & Alerts.
Low chilled water (load) recycle.
Hours / Number compressor starts & hours.
Manual reset of safeties.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-26

10.0 INDICATIONS

Chiller operating status messages.


Power on, pre start Diagnostic checks.
Compressor motor Amps.
Pre alarm alert.
Alarm.
Contact for remote alarm.
Safety shutdown messages.
Elapsed time (Hours of operation).
Chiller input KW.
An operating configurable custom report.

11.0 SAFETY CUTOUTS

Each of these protective limits shall have manual reset and cause an alarm message to be
displayed at LCD screen informing the operator of shut down cause.

Motor high temperature.


Refrigerant high pressure.
Refrigerant low temperature.
CLube oil low pressure.
Lube oil sump level.
Compressor discharge temp. .
Under voltage.
Over voltage.
Cooler and condenser water flow.
Motor over current.
Motor Acceleration time.
Intermittent power loss.
Compressor starter fault.
Excessive starter transition time.
Lack of motor current signal.
Motor power supply phase reversal
Temperature sensor and transducer faults.
Single cycle drops out.
Motor miswired.

12.0 CAPACITY CONTROL.

Leaving and chilling water controls.


Soft loading control by Temperature or load.
Slide valve Actuator module.
Hot gas by pass valve.
Power (demand) limiter.
Auto chilled water reset.

13.0 UNIT MOUNTED STARTER

A Low transition Star Delta starter shall be supplied. The compressor motor starter shall be
factory mounted, wired and tested prior to shipment by the chiller manufacturer.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-27

Following shall be included in the unit-mounted starters:

* IP 55 enclosure with hinged doors.


* Main power disconnect (MCCB)
* Starter Management Module (SMM) to communicate with the chiller control system to
perform starting and stopping of the chiller, water pumps as well as monitoring starter
operation including single cycle dropout protection.
* Solid state 3-phase overload relay with manual reset.
* 1.2 - 2 KVA Control/oil heater transformer.
* Branch circuit breaker for control power and oil heater. Pilot relays for controls of chilled
water pump, condenser water pump, customer remote alarm, and main power
disconnect shut trip.

Starters shall also include the following standard features:

Current imbalance detector which monitors 3 phase motor current to provide the following
protection:-
- Phase loss
- Phase reversal
- Phase imbalance
- Ground fault
- Shorted SCR
- Current flow while stopped protection.

* Diagnostic LED's shall be provided to indicate:


- Starter on
- Phase correct
- Over temperature fault
- Ground fault
- Current imbalance fault
- Current while stopped

* Fuses that protect the solid-state circuitry at 50 kA interrupting capacity.

14.0 PERFORMANCE TEST

The contractor shall carry out tests on equipment as specified in the presence of Owners /
Owners representative; Consultant in order to enable them to determine whether equipment
installation in general comply with specifications.

The Refrigeration capacity of the unit shall be computed from the measurement of water flow
and entering and leaving water temperatures. Flow measurement shall be by accurately
calibrated flow meter and temperature by Mercury in glass thermometer. Computed results
shall confirm to the specified capacities and quoted ratings. The power consumption shall be
computed from measurements of incoming voltage & input current. These tests shall be carried
out during peak summer & monsoon season as under:
a. Main duration in continuous full load shall not be less than 72 hours.
b. Minor interruption during the trial run shall not exceed 4 hours at a time.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-28

c. If the above conditions are not met, the period of trial run shall be extended as mutually agreed
for.

Report of recordings of trial run shall be prepared by the contractor as per test result performa
and submitted to Owners in triplicate.

15.0 POWER CONSUMPSION

The Water chilling unit should be selected for the duty as specified. The water chilling unit
should be selected for power consumption of not more than 0.65 IKW / TR at 100 % load at
operating conditions. The loading in price at the time of evaluation stage shall be done at the
rate of Rs. 2.0 Lakh per chilling machine for every increase of 0.01 IKW / TR at 100 % load in
machine IKW than the offered machine IKW by the bidder at satisfied condition in Schedule of
equipment.

If the power consumption in KW / TR of the Rotary Screw Water Chilling Machine at 100 %
capacity is found to be more than that offered by the bidder & accepted by the Client in the
contract then for every increase of 0.01 IKW / TR over the aforesaid figure, a recovery of Rs. 2.0
Lakh per machine would be effected from the contract.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-29

F) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF PUMP SETS:


(Chilled Water Primary, Secondary and Condenser Water)

1.0 GENERAL

This section comprises the supply, erection, testing and commissioning of Pumps required for
the project.

2.0 DESIGN

The pump shall be capable of developing the required total head at rated capacity for
continuous operation. The pump shall operate satisfactorily at any point on discharge head
characteristic curve over a range of 30% to 120% capacity or capacity corresponding to 70% of
the total head whichever is lower. The pump shall run smooth without undue noise, vibration.

3.0 CONSTRUCTION

Pumps shall be as per IS:1520-1660, IS:9079,IS:325 and shall be of the following construction:

S.No. Pump Description Horizontal Split Casing

1. Casing : Cast Iron as per IS :210; grade FG260


2. Impeller : Bronze as per IS : 318; grade -
Impeller ring : Bronze
3. Shaft : High Tensile steel -EN8 or SS 410
Shaft sleeve : Stainless steel or Bronze
4. Bearings : Heavy duty Ball/Roller Bearings.
5. Base Plate : Cast Iron
6. Flanges : Conforming to I.S.1536/1960
7. Seal :Mechanical
8. Max. Speed : 1500 RPM
9. Driver : T.E.F.C.
10. Starter : See Schedule of Equipment.

Pumps of a particular category shall be identical and shall be suitable for parallel operation with
equal load division. Components of identical pumps shall be interchangeable.

Impeller shall be made in one piece and securely keyed to the shaft. Measures to prevent
loosening during operation including rotation in the reverse direction shall be provided.

The critical speed of the pump shall be at least 30% above the rated speed. All the pumps shall
be provided with mechanical seals.

Common base plate shall be provided for pump and motor. Suitable holes shall be provided for
grouting and these shall be so located that the base can be grouted in place without disturbing
the pump and the motor. Adequate space shall be provided between pump drain connection
and base plate for installation of minimum 15mm dia. drain piping. Foundation bolts shall be
complete with nuts and washers.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-30

The performance curves (capacity vs total head, efficiency, NPSH and KW requirement) ranging
from 0 to maximum capacity along with pump catalogue indicating dimensional details shall be
submitted by the contractor alongwith their bid.

Driver ratings shown are only tentative and contractor shall select their drivers at least 15% in
excess of the maximum B.H.P of the pump plus transmission losses if any. Drivers shall be
supplied with starters unless otherwise stated.

Pump and driver shall be mounted on a single bed-plate and directly driven through flexible
coupling in case of horizontal split casing pumps.

4.0 ACCESSORIES AND FITTINGS

The following accessories shall be provided with each pump among other standard accessories:
Coupling guard for horizontal split casing pumps.
Lubrication fittings and seal piping.
Test and/or air vent cocks.

Following valves / fittings shall be provided with each pump among other standard fittings as
required (itemised separately in the schedule of quantities and prices of pumps shall not
include prices of these items):

Suction and discharge shut off valves (butterfly type) and discharge dual plate check valves as
specified under section "PIPING".
Suction and discharge pressure gauges not less than 100mm dia and of the appropriate rating
with gauge cocks etc. suction gauge shall be of compound type.
25mm G.I. gland drain piping to be covered under drain piping item.

5.0 INSTALLATION

Pump shall be installed as per manufacturer's recommendations. Pump-sets shall be mounted


on isolation pads or any other equivalent vibration isolation fitting. Concrete floating
foundation shall be provided as per approved shop drawings and specifications. The isolation
pads between foundation and floor (as mentioned in schedule of quantities), foundation bolts
etc. shall be supplied by the contractor. Contractor shall ensure that the foundation bolts are
correctly embedded.

Pump-sets shall preferably be factory aligned, wherever necessary, site alignment shall be done
by competent person. Before the foundation bolts are grouted and the couplings are bolted,
the bed plate levels and alignment results shall be submitted to the Engineer in charge.

6.0 INSULATION

Pumps used for chilled water service shall be insulated as specified in section- "INSULATION".
Insulation shall be applied so that the split casing is not affected. Accessories and fittings shall
also be insulated as required.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-31

7.0 TESTING

Tenderers shall submit the performance curves of the pumps supplied by them. They shall also
check the capacity and total head requirements of each pump to match his own piping and
equipment layout.

On completion of the entire installation, pumps shall be tested, wherever possible, for their
discharge, head, flow rate, B.H.P. Where it is not possible at least the discharge, head and
B.H.P. (as measured on the input side) shall be field tested. Test results shall correspond to the
performance curves.

8.0 PAINTING

After complete installation and testing, pumps accessories and fittings shall be given two coats
of approved finishing paint.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-32

G) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF VARIABLE SPEED PUMPING SYSTEM:

1.0 VARIABLE PUMPING SYSTEM

This section deals with supply Erection, testing and commissioning of variable pumping system
confirming to general specification and suitable for the duty selected as indicated in Schedule
of Equipments / Materials, Section ACE-24. The type, capacity and size of pumps shall be as
selections given under this section only. The Pumps selected should have a very high efficiency
and supported by selection charts and curves. The pumps shall be used for air washers
recirculation, air-conditioning applications.

2.0 GENERAL

This section includes the following :

A. Variable Speed Pumping Package

1.0 Individual Components

2.0 Pump Control Panel

3.0 Adjustable Frequency Drive

4.0 Sensor Transmitters

5.0 Sequence of Operation

3.0 The following references has been broadly considered while designing variable pumping
system.

A. Hydraulic Institute

B. ANSI - American National Standards Institute

C. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association

D. UL - Underwriters Laboratories Inc.

E. ETL - Electrical Testing Laboratories

F. CSA - Canadian Standards Association

G. NEC - National Electrical Code

H. ISO - International Standard Organization

I. IEC - International Electrotechnical Commission

4.0 The following submittals shall be submitted but not limited to the list given below by the HVAC
CONTRACTOR for approval.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-33

1. System summary sheet

2. Sequence of operation

3. Shop drawing indicating dimensions, required clearances and location and size of each
field connection.

4. Power and control wiring diagrams

5. System profile analysis including variable speed pump curves and system curve. The
analysis shall also include staging points.

6. Pump data sheets

The submittals must be specific to this project only & general submittals will not be
acceptable.

5.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. The pumping package supplier shall assume “Unit Responsibility” for the complete
pumping package. Unit responsibility shall be defined as responsibility for interface and
successful operation of all system components supplied by the pumping system
supplier.

B. All function of the variable speed pump controller shall be tested at the factory prior to
shipment and it shall test all inputs, outputs and program execution specific to this
application.

C. AC contractor shall comply with all sections of this specifications relating to packaged
pumping system. Any deviations from this specification shall be bid as alternate clearly
defined in writing. If exceptions are not defined clearly the contractor shall be bound by
these specifications only.

6.0 TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION

The variable speed drive shall include active harmonic filters to keep total harmonic distortion
(THD) within limits conforming to IEEE for airport installation.

7.0 MANUFACTURED UNITS

A. Furnish and install as shown on the plans Variable Speed Pump controller.

B. The control system shall include as, a minimum, pumps, the programmable logic pump
controller, adjustable frequency drive(s) and remote sensor / transmitters.

C. The pumps, variable speed pump logic controller, adjustable frequency drives and
remote sensor / transmitter (s) shall be shipped as individual components to the job
site.

D. Pumps, logic controller, adjustable frequency drives, sensor / transmitters and related
equipment shall be installed.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-34

E. Line voltage power wiring shall be installed by the HVAC contractor as shown on the
field connection drawings and wiring diagrams supplied with the pumping package.

F. Low voltage (24 VDC and 115 VAC) wiring shall be installed by the controls HVAC
Contractor as shown on the field connection drawings and wiring diagrams supplied
with the pumping package.

8.0 COMPONENTS

8.1 PUMP LOGIC CONTROLLER

a) The Technologic pump logic controller assembly shall be listed by and bear the label of
Under writer’s Laboratory, Inc. (Canadian Standards Association (CSA) listing available
upon request). The controller shall meet Part 15 of FCC regulations pertaining to class A
computing devices. The controller shall be specifically designed for variable speed
pumping applications.

b) The controller shall function to a proven program that safeguards against damaging
hydraulic conditions including :
i) Motor overload
ii) Pump flow surges
iii) Hunting
iv) End of Curve.

c) The pump logic controller shall be capable of accepting 4 discrete analog inputs from
zone sensor / transmitters indicated on the plans. The analog input resolution shall be
12 bit minimum, and the controller shall scan each analog input a minimum of once
every 500 milliseconds. The use of a multiplexer for multiple sensor inputs is not
acceptable. All sensor / transmitter inputs shall be individually wired to the pump logic
controller for continuous scan and comparison feature.

d) The pump logic controller shall select the analog input signal which has deviated the
greatest amount from the set point. The selected signal will be used as the command
feedback input for a closed loop hydraulic stabilization function to minimize hunting.

e) The hydraulic stabilization program shall utilize a proportional-integral-derivative


control function. The proportional, integral and derivative values shall be user
adjustable over an infinite range. The scan can compare rate then selects the
command set point and process variable signal shall be continuous and automatically
set for optimum performance. Each sensor shall be scanned at least once every 500
milliseconds.

f) The pump controller shall be capable of controlling pumps in parallel as described in


point 7B.64 of this section Sequence of Operation

g) The pump logic controller shall be self prompting & all messages shall be displayed in
plain English. The following features shall also be provided.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-35

a) Multi-fault memory & recall.


b) On – Screen help functions
c) LED pilot lights and switches
d) Soft-touch membrane keypad switches.

h) The variable speed pumping system shall be provided with a user friendly operator
interface complete with membrane switches and numeric keypad. Display shall be no
less than four lines with each line capable of displaying up to twenty characters. The
human interface panel shall display the following values :

a) Flow in GPM Pump


b) On/Off Status
c) Pump % Speed

d) Temperature in degree F or C
e) Individual Alarm Conditions
f) Trouble shooting diagnostics
g) User adjustable parameters such as alternation, PID, set points, etc.

i) The pump controller shall communicate to the Building Automation System (BAS) by
both hard-wired and serial communications.

a) The following communication features shall be provided to the BAS in


“hardwired” form via 4-20 MA analog signals and digital outputs :

1. Remote system start / stop ( dry contact supplied by BAS)


2. Failure of any system component (qty. 1, relay output from pump
controller)
3. Process variable (qty. 1, 4-20ma analog output supplied by pump
controller)
4. AFD speed (qty. 1, 0-10 VDC analog output supplied by pump
controller)
5. Optional : Pump on / off status (qty. 3 relay output supplied by pump
controller)

b) The following communication features shall be provided to the Building


Automation System via an RS-485 port.

1. All sensor process variable.


2. Individual zone set points.
3. Individual pump failure.
4. Individual pump on / off status.
5. Individual AFD on/off status.
6. AFD speed.
7. Individual AFD Failure.
8. AFD bypass status (if automatic)
9. Individual sensor failure.

j) The pump logic controller shall be supplied by the pump supplier and the enclosure
shall be conforming to NEMA 1.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-36

9.0 ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE.

i) The adjustable frequency drive (s) shall be pulse width modulation (PWM) type,
microprocessor controlled design.

ii) The AFD, including all factory installed options, shall have CSA approval.

iii) AFD shall utilize a diode bridge rectifier to convert three phase AC to a fixed DC voltage.
Power factor shall remain above 0.95 regardless of speed or load. AFDs employing
power factor correction capacitors shall not be acceptable.

iv) Insulated gate bipolar transistors shall be used in the inverter section to convert the
fixed DC voltage phase adjustable frequency AC output. A DC line reactor shall be
provided to minimize harmonic and current distortion of the input power line.

v) The following customer modifiable adjustments shall be provided:

a. Accel time : 0.1 to 1800 seconds


b. Decel time : 0.1 to 1800 seconds
c. Minimum frequency : 0HZ
d. Maximum frequency : 120 HZ
e. Analog input filter : 0.1 to 10 seconds
f. Analog outputs filter : 10 to 1 gain.
g. Overload protection : 70 % - 100% to full load current.

vi) Speed reference signal shall be customer selectable for 1-10 VDC or 4-20 MA.

vii) The AFD shall be capable of displaying the following information in plain English via a
40 character alphanumeric display :
a. Frequency
b. Voltage
c. Current
d. Kilowatts per hour
e. Fault identification
f. Percent torque
g. Percent power
h. RPM
i. Setting of O/L protection

viii) The AFD controller shall be suitable for elevation upto 1000 meters above sea level.

10.0 SENSOR / TRANSMITTER

To Provide 4 nos. field mounted differential pressure sensor transmitter(s) as indicated on the
plans. Unit shall transmit as isolated 42Ma designed indicative of process variable to the
pump logic controller via standard two wire 24 DC system. Unit shall have stainless steel
wetted parts with 0.25” male NPT process connections. It shall be protected against ratio
frequency interference and shall have a water tight, NEMA 4 electrical enclosure capable of
withstanding 200 PSI static pressure with a 0.5” NPT conduit connection. Accuracy shall be
within 025% of full span.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-37

11.0 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION


i) The system shall consist of a Technologic pump logic controller, multiple pump / AFD
sets with manual and automatic alternation and pump staging.
ii) The pumping system shall start upon the closure of customer’s contact when the pump
logic controller Mode of Operation selector switch is in the REMOTE position.
iii) When the pump logic controller selector switch is in the LOCAL position, the pumping
system shall operate automatically.
iv) Sensor / transmitters shall be provided as indicated on the plans.
v) Each sensor / transmitters shall send a 4-20Ma signal to the pump logic controller,
indicative of process variable condition.
vi) The pump logic controller shall compare each signal to the independent, engineer /
user determined set points.
vii) When all set points are satisfied by the process variable, the pump speed shall remain
constant at the optimum energy consumption level.
viii) The pump logic controller shall continuously scan compare each process variable to its
individual set point and control to the least satisfied zone.
ix) If the set point cannot be satisfied by the designed lead pump, the pump logic
controller shall initiate a timed sequence of operation to stage a lag pump.
x) The lag pump shall accelerate resulting in the lead pump (s) decelerating until they
equalize in speed.
xi) Further change in process variable shall cause the pumps to change speed together.
xii) When the set point criteria can be safely satisfied with fewer pumps, the Technologic
pump logic controller shall initiate a timed sequence and continue variable speed
operation.
xiii) As the worst case zone deviates from set point, the pump logic controller shall send the
appropriate analog signed to the AFD to speed up or slow down the pump motor.
xiv) In the event of a system differential pressure failure due to a pump of AFD fault, the
Technologic pump logic controller shall automatically start the next variable speed
pump / AFD set in sequence and continue variable speed operation.
xv) In the event of the failure of a zone sensor / transmitter, its process variable signed
shall be removed from the scan / compare program. Alternative zone sensor /
transmitters, if available, shall remain in the scan / compare program for control.
xvi) The zone number corresponding to the failed sensor / transmitter shall be displayed on
the operator interface of the pump logic controller.
xvii) In the event of failure to receive all zone process variable signals, all AFDs shall maintain
100% speed, reset shall be automatic upon correction of the zone failure.
xviii) PUMP or AFD fault shall be continuously scrolled through the display on the operator
interface of pump logic controller until the fault has been corrected and the controller
has been manually reset.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-38

H) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF INDUCED DRAFT COOLING TOWERS:

1.0 GENERAL

These specifications covers the general requirements of design, material, manufacture,


inspections, testing at works, delivery, installation, performance testing and commissioning of
induced draft cooling tower.

2.0 CODES AND STANDARDS

The design, manufacture, inspection and performance of induced draft cooling towers shall
comply with all locally applicable, regulations and safety codes. The equipment shall also
conform to the latest applicable Indian and/or International Standards.

3.0 DESIGN CRITERIA


The equipment offered shall be capable of cooling the rated quantity of water through the
specified range at the design wet bulb temperature.

In multi-cell construction, each cell shall be identical with other cells of the tower in all
respects. The total heat load and flow shall be equally shared amongst the number of operating
cells.

The structure shall be designed for wind and other loads as per IS: 875. The tower configuration
shall be such that it shall offer minimum restriction to airflow. The tower design shall be
compatible with manufacture of pre-fabricated parts to achieve simple, inexpensive field
erection.

4.0 CONSTRUCTION

The cooling tower shall be complete with tower, basin, foundation and mechanical equipment
as described/required. The tower shall be of single or double inlet, counter flow type of
construction. The tower shall be of induced draft type with fan located on top of the tower.

5.0 CASING
Towers shall be induced/forced draft type and in Fibreglass Reinforced Plastic construction. The
enclosure/casing shall be single mounted and preferably rectangular shaped in appearance.
The material of construction of enclosure/casing shall be F.R.P. and should be strong enough to
withstand wind pressure. The casing shall be finished smoothly to minimize air friction.
Filling material shall be polyvinylchloride (PVC), shall be laid in a manner to achieve high heat
transfer efficiency.
Water collection sump shall also be of F.R.P. material and in single molded construction to
make the sump leak proof. The tower shall be carefully designed to avoid probability of water
spillage. The sump shall be complete with outlet, overflow, quick-fill and drain connections of
adequate sizes.

Inlet louvers for air intake shall be provided.

6.0 INLET LOUVERS


Louvers shall be given a proper slope. Spacing of the louvers shall be so arranged that the water
loss is prevented. Design of louvers shall be such that it gives uniform distribution of air with
minimum pressure drop.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-39

7.0 FILL

Fill sheets shall be of heavy gauge fire-retardant PVC and shall be shaped to offer minimum
resistance. Film type fill shall be supported and stabilised by structural tubing elevated above
the cold water basin floor to facilitate cleaning.

8.0 DRIFT ELIMINATORS

The drift eliminators shall be designed to restrict the drift loss below 0.2 percent of the
circulation rate. The air pressure drop across the eliminators shall be kept to a minimum. The
water collected in the eliminators shall be returned to the tower basin and shall not mix with
the discharge air stream.

9.0 WATER DISTRIBUTION

The hot water shall be distributed to the fill through distribution basin, troughs, distribution
nozzles or orifices. The water shall be equally distributed among the working cells.

10.0 FAN DECK

Fan deck shall be sturdy in construction to transmit the live loads to the frame, to support the
stack and act as an access platform for the mechanical equipment and distribution system.

11.0 HARDWARE

All hardware materials such as supporting angles, channel, rods, nut bolts etc. shall be of
stainless steel.

12.0 FAN

Fan shall be of multi-blade construction with aerofoil section blades. Air velocity at the fan
blade tip speed shall not exceed 65M/sec. Fan blade shall be of cast or moulded construction.
These shall be of easily removable and adjustable pitch type. Blade shanks and hubs shall be
suitably insulated to prevent electrolytic corrosion.

13.0 FAN DRIVES

Fan drive shall be either of direct drive type or reduction gear type. The drive shaft shall have
flexible coupling at both driving and non-driving ends. The flexible coupling bushings shall be of
rubber. Drive shaft shall be dynamically balanced.

14.0 FAN MOTOR

Fan motor shall be an AC electric motor of squirrel cage induction type suitable for 3 phase 415
+ 10% voltage variation, 50 Hz. The drive shall be weather proof with IP-55 protection.

The fan motor shall be suitable for VFD operation.

Fan shall be protected with a Fan Guard. The entire assembly should be easily accessible for
maintenance.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-40

Complete performance ratings and power consumption at varying loads and outdoor wet bulb
temperatures and sound power data at full load shall be furnished with Tenders and the same
shall be verified at the time of testing and commissioning the installation.

15.0 ACCESSORIES

Cooling tower shall be provided with accessories stated as under:

a) A stainless steel pipe ladder from ground level for access to fan deck.
b) The hot water distribution basin shall be provided with suitable cover to avoid external
falling objects.
c) Each fan shall be provided with a suitable safety guard.
d) Gauge type thermometer on the hot water inlet to each cell.
e) Vibration isolators between fan and tower.
f) Foundation bolts.

16.0 TESTS

After completion, the equipment shall be offered for visual inspection by Engineer-in-charge.
Any work or component not in accordance with the specification and approved drawings shall
be replaced to the entire satisfaction of the inspection authority.

Test certificates for materials of various components of cooling tower shall be furnished.
Cooling capacities of the cooling tower shall be computed from the measurement of water
flow rate, temperature of entering and leaving water and ambient air wet bulb temperature.
Computed result shall conform to the specified capacities and quoted ratings. Power
consumption shall be computed from the measurement of input voltage and input current.
For every incremental KW of power (or part thereof) above the guaranteed power
consumption of the fan penalty shall be levied. Noise level at various locations shall be
measured at night, by a sound pressure level meter.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-41

I) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF ELECTRIC HOT WATER GENERATOR:

1.0 SCOPE

This section sets out the general requirements in respect of shell type hot water generator as
per ASME Standards.

2.0 SHELL TYPE HOT WATER GENERATOR

The shell of the generator shall be vertical / horizontal, shell type, designed, constructed and
tested for the specified water flow rates and temperatures. The hot water generator shall be
suitable for Indoor / Outdoor application (exposed to sky)

3.0 MATERIAL DESIGN AND CONTRUCTION

The shell of the generator shall be made 10mm M.S steel sheet and dish of 12mm M.S steel
sheet with electric fusion welded seams. In accordance with ASME section 4 / unfired pressure
Vessel code IS 2825

4.0 HEATERS

Electric heaters shall be provided in banks of equal capacity distributed our three power phase,
heaters shall be mounted within seamless copper / Incoloy sheathed electrically resistant U-
tubes floor mounted with EPDM Rubber and S.S steel with magnesium anode for Longevity and
easy maintenance of heaters. The heaters shall be easily removable externally, without opening
terminal plate or disturbing other components. Heaters shall be suitable for 415 + 10% volts, 50
cycles, three phase AC supply and shall be in direct contact with water contained in shell.

5.0 CONNECTIONS AND ACCESSORIES

Unless specified otherwise in the schedule of quantities the hot water generator shall be
provided with following accessories.

a. Inter locking of electric panel cover with incoming switch / limit switch.
b. Flow switch, automatic alarm for low water level and reset type high temperature switch
with respective indication lights.
c. Drain point with GM valve.
d. Descaling point with GM valve.
e. Automatic airvent and automatic high temperature pressure relief valve.
f. Step control thermostat for individual heaters bank / Master safety thermostat.
g. Flanges for water pipe connections.

6.0 PRESSURE TESTING

The shell shall be tested in the factory upto two times the working pressure as specified by head
of water column in tender or 21 kg/sq. cm. gauge whichever is higher.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-42

7.0 INSULATION

The shell shall be insulated with 50mm thick resin bonded fiberglass wool insulation and
covered with 26 SWG aluminium cladding.

8.0 ELECTRIC CONTROL CABINET

The electric control cabinet shall be made as detailed in electrical panels and mounted directly
on main frame. All controls and terminals shall be factory wired and tested. The control cabinet
shall consist of following major controls of rated capacities unless specified otherwise in tender.
a. Incoming S.F.U / M.C.C.B
b. ON / OFF Rotary switch for individual banks with light.
c. SCR with MCB for individual heaters.
d. Indicating lights for ON status for individual banks.
e. Fault indicating lights.
f. Alarm with manual reset.
g. Cabling and control wiring.
h. Three phase ammeter and voltmeter with selector switches.
i. Control cabinet shall be BMS compatible.

The panel shall be open able only after switching off the incoming power supply.

9.0 PAINTING

The external surface of the shell shall be cleaned, derusted and applied with three with three
coats of printer.

The hot water generator shall be factory finished with durable Backed enamel paint on outside.
Shop coats of paints that have become marred during shipment / erection shall be cleaned off
with mineral spirits, then coated with enamel paint to match the finish over the adjoining shop
painted surface

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-43

J) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF DOUBLE SKINNED AIR HANDLING UNITS:

1.0 SCOPE

The Scope of this section comprises the supply, erection, testing and commissioning of air
handling units conforming to these Specifications and in accordance with requirements.

2.0 TYPE

The air handling units shall be double skin construction, draw-thru type comprising of various
sections, filter section, coil section and fan section, mixing box, (wherever the return air and
fresh air are ducted) as shown on drawings and included in schedule of quantities.

3.0 CAPACITY

The air moving and coil capacities shall be as shown in schedule of quantities.

4.0 CASING

The housing/ casing of the air handling unit shall be of double skin construction. The housing
shall be so made that it can be delivered at site in total/ semi knock down conditions depending
upon the conditions. The framework shall be of extruded aluminium hollow sections fitted with
pre-formed insulated sections. All the members shall be assembled thru mechanical joints to
make a sturdy and strong framework for various sections.

Double skin panels (each not exceeding 750mm wide) shall be made of 0.60mm pre-plasticised
coated Galvanised sheet steel and 0.60mm galvanised sheet inside with minimum 25mm thick
P.U. insulation of 38 Kg/Cu.M injected between the panels.

Double skin panels (each not exceeding 750mm wide) shall be made of 0.60mm pre-plasticised
coated Galvanised sheet steel and 0.60mm galvanised sheet inside with minimum 43mm thick
P.U. insulation of 38 Kg/Cu.M injected between the panels for TFA’s and AHU’s in non A/C
areas.

The panels shall be bolted from inside on to the framework with soft rubber gasket in between
to make the joints airtight. Suitable doors with powder coated hinges and latches shall be
provided for access to various panels for maintenance.

The Fan and the motor arrangement shall be mounted on to the extruded aluminum
framework. The entire housing i.e. The Air Handling Unit shall be mounted on GI Base channel
framework.

Drain pan shall be constructed of 18 gauge SS sheet with 25 mm thick 38 Kq/Cu.M. nitrile foam
insulation. The K-value shall not be more than 0.014 Kcal/hr-sq.mtr-C/M at 10C mean
temperature. The pan shall have necessary slope to facilitate for fast removal of condensate.
The coil shall be mounted on the rollers in order to facilitate easy removal of the coil from the
drain pan for cleaning. Outlet shall be provided on both the sides of drain pan.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-44

5.0 MIXING BOX

AHU’s requiring mixing boxes as specified in Schedule of Quantities shall be complete with fresh
and return air dampers.

6.0 DAMPER

Dampers shall be opposed blade type. Blades shall be made of double skinned aerofoil
aluminium sections with integral gasket and assembled within a rigid extruded aluminium alloy
frame. All linkages and supporting spindles shall be made of aluminium or nylon, turning in
teflon bushes. Manual dampers shall be provided with a bakelite knob for locking the damper
blades in position. Linkages shall be extended wherever specified for motorised operation.
Damper frames shall be sectionalised to minimise blade warping. Air leakage through dampers
when in the closed position shall not exceed 1.5% of the maximum design air volume flow rate
at the maximum design air total pressure.

7.0 MOTOR AND DRIVE

Fan motors shall be energy efficient (EFF-1) and shall be 415±10% volts, 50 cycles, three phase,
totally enclosed fan-cooled class F, with IP-55 protection. Motors shall be especially designed
for quiet operation and motor speed shall not exceed 1440 rpm. Drive to fan shall be provided
through belt-drive arrangement. Belts shall be of the oil-resistant type.

8.0 FAN

Fans shall be centrifugal, forward inclined blades (upto 4000 cfm) and backward inclined blades
(above 4000 cfm). Fans driven by variable frequency drive shall be backward inclined
irrespective of static pressure value. Fan casing shall be made of galvanised steel sheet. Fan
wheels shall be made of galvanised steel. Fan shaft shall be grounded C40 carbon steel and
supported in self-aligning plummer block operating less than 75% of first critical speed, grease
lubricated bearings. Fan wheels and pulleys shall be individually tested and precision balanced
dynamically. Fan motor assembly shall be statically and dynamically balanced to G6.3 grade as
per relevant ISO/AMCA standard. Computerized fan selection print outs shall be submitted
along with the offer.

Motors shall be mounted inside the AHU casing on slide rails for easy belt tensioning, and be
totally enclosed,EFF1 fan cooled, to be class `F’ insulation. Motors shall drive heavy duty V-belt,
constant pitch, drive selected at 110% of motor horsepower.

Both fan and motors assemblies shall be mounted on a deep section aluminium alloy or
galvanized steel (depending on size) base frame.

Combination spring and rubber anti vibration mounts shall be provided for isolating the unit
casing. Frame retardant, waterproof silicone rubber impregnated flexible connection shall be
provided at the fan discharge.

9.0 COOLING COILS

Chilled water coils shall have 12.5mm (1/2") to 15mm (5/8") dia. tubes minimum 0.5 mm thick
with aluminium fins firmly bonded to copper tubes assembled in a zinc coated steel frame. Face
and surface areas shall be such as to ensure rated capacity from each unit and such that the air
velocity across each coil shall not exceed 150 meters per minute. The coil shall be pitched in the

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-45

unit casing for proper drainage. Each coil shall be factory tested at 21 Kg./Sq.cm air pressure
under water. Tube shall be hydraulically/mechanically expanded for minimum thermal contact
resistance with fins. Fins spacing shall be 11 to 13 fins per inch (4 to 5 fins per centimeter).

10.0 FILTERS

Each unit shall be provided with a factory assembled filter section containing washable
synthetic type air filters having anodised aluminium frame. The filter shall have minimum 90%
efficiency down to 10 microns. The media shall be supported with HDPE mesh on one side and
aluminium mesh on other side. Filter banks shall be easily accessible and designed for easy
withdrawal and renewal of filter cells. Filter framework shall be fully sealed and constructed
from aluminium alloy.

Design Parameters of Filters

Parameter Filter
Type Flange type
Grade EU-3
Efficiency 90% down to 10 micron
Recommended size (mm) 610 x 610 x 50

Air flow (cfm 2000


Initial P (mm) WG (clean 5 mm
condition) WG
Final P (mm) WG (clogged 12 mm
condition)
Casing Aluminium Anodised
Sealing of medium Epoxy or equivalent
Medium Synthetic medium supported by HDPE
mesh and aluminium mesh

No. of folds 20
Sample testing at Mfr’s works No

Packing Yes
Test Method BS-6540-Part-I / EN-779
Washable Yes

11.0 FILTER ASSEMBLY

The housing shall be made from extruded aluminium sections. All joints shall be sealed airtight
and shall be made free of all burrs and sharp edges.

The filter loading mechanism shall be sliding type or front loading type. The locking mechanism
shall be a spring loaded, toggle type mechanism with a bolt and thrust assembly which shall
thrust the filter evenly against the sealing flange of the housing when it is installed.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-46

12.0 ISOLATORS

Vibration isolators shall be provided with all air handling units. The fan and motor framework
shall be isolated from the AHU framework by means of spring type vibration isolators. The AHU
shall be mounted on 8/9 nos. 200x200x200 P.C.C. blocks suitable for weight of the AHU. The
framework of the AHU and the P.C.C. blocks shall be isolated by means of neoprene mats of size
150mmx150mm in two layers with 20g G.S.S. sheet sandwiched in between.

13.0 ACCESSORIES

Each air handling unit shall be complete with the accessories including but not restricted to the
following.
 Insulated isolation valves, Y-strainer, header drain valves, unions and insulated
condensate drain piping upto sump or floor drain in air handling unit room / nearest
point, as described in section "Piping of Schedule of quantities".
 Manual air vents at high points in the cooling coil and drain plug in the bottom of the coil.
– to be included in the cost of the AHU.
 Thermometers in thermometer wells and pressure gauges in test points in chilled water
supply and return lines. – to be included in the cost of the AHU.Air and Water side control
as specified under section "Control and Instruments"

14.0 PAINTING

Powder coated paint that have become marred during shipment or erection shall be cleaned off
with mineral spirits, wire brushed and spot primed over the affected areas, then coated with
enamel paint to match the finish over the adjoining shop-painted surfaces.

15.0 NOISE CONTROL

Air Handling Units shall be selected for the lowest operating noise level of the equipment. Fan
performance rating, power consumption, and sound power data with operating points clearly
indicated shall be submitted with the tenders and verified at the time of testing and
commissioning of the installation. The sound level within the AHU room shall be less than 75
dB.

16.0 CONNECTIONS

Piping installation requirements are specified in other section. The Drawings indicate the
general arrangement of piping, valves, fittings, and specialities. The following are specific
connection requirements:
 Arrange piping installations adjacent to units to allow unit servicing and maintenance.
 Connect piping to air-handling units with flanges enabling easy removal of the coil.
 Connect condensate drain pans using 50 mm (2-0 inch) minimum, insulated G.I. pipe
and extend to nearest floor drain. Construct deep trap (depth as per detail) at
connection to drain pan and install cleanouts at changes in direction.
 Duct installations and connections are specified in other sections. make final duct
connections with flexible connections.
 Electrical Connections: The following requirements apply:
 Electrical power wiring is specified in section Electrical.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-47

 Temperature control wiring and interlock wiring is specified in Section "Electrical


Control systems."
 Grounding: Connect unit components to ground in accordance with the Indian Electrical
Code.

17.0 ADJUSTING, CLEANING, AND PROTECTING

 Adjust water coil flow, with control valves to full coil flow, to indicate l/s (gpm).
 Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation.
 Clean unit cabinet interiors to remove foreign material and construction dirt and dust.
Vacuum clean fan wheel, fan cabinet, and coils entering air face.

18.0 COMMISSIONING

 Final Checks Before Start-Up: Perform the following operations and checks before
start-up:
 Remove shipping, blocking and bracing.
 Verify unit is secure on mounting and supporting devices, connections for piping,
ductwork and electrical are complete. Verify proper overload protection is installed in
motors, starters, and disconnects.
 Perform cleaning and adjusting specified in this Section.
 Disconnect fan drive from motor and verify proper motor rotation direction and verify
fan wheel free rotation and smooth bearing operations. Reconnect fan drive system
and align belts.
 Lubricate bearings, pulleys, belts, and other moving parts with factory recommended
lubricants.
 Set outside-air / supply air dampers to minimum outside-air setting.
 Comb coil fins for parallel orientation.
 Install temporary throw away filters for initial run and finally install clean filters.
 Verify manual and automatic volume control, and fire dampers in connected ductwork
system are in the full-open position.
 Disable automatic temperature control operators.
 Starting procedures for central-station air-handling units:
 Energize motor, verify proper operation of motor, drive system, and fan wheel. Adjust
fan to indicate RPM.
 Replace fan and motor pulleys as required to achieve design conditions.
 Measure and record motor electrical values for voltage and amperage.
 Shut unit down and reconnect automatic temperature control operators.

19.0 TESTING

Cooling capacity of various Air handling units shall be computed from the measurements of air
flow and dry and wet bulb temperatures of air entering and leaving the coil. Flow
measurements shall be by a calibrated rotating vane anemometer and temperature
measurements by accurately calibrated mercury-in-glass thermometers. Computed ratings shall
conform to the specified capacities and quoted ratings. Power consumption shall be computed
from measurements of incoming voltage and input current, whereas, noise level at various
locations within the conditioned spaces shall be measured by a sound pressure level meter.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-48

K) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF FAN COIL UNITS:

1.0 SCOPE

The Scope of this section comprises the supply, erection, testing and commissioning of Fan Coil
units conforming to these Specifications and in accordance with requirements of Drawings.

2.0 TYPE
The fan coil units shall be horizontal type for ceiling suspension. All units shall be complete
with chilled water coil of three rows deep and one or more centrifugal fans and motor,
cleanable filters as detailed in section Filters, double-walled insulated condensate drain pan
as detailed in item drain pan, and 22 gauge galvanised steel casing panels insulated on
discharge side of the fan. Horizontal units shall have U-slots in top panels for ease of
installation. Horizontal fan coil units shall be provided with auxiliary secondary condensate
drain pans.

3.0 CAPACITY

The air moving and coil capacities shall be as scheduled B.O.Q.

4.0 CABINET

Cabinets shall be constructed of 22 gauge Pre coated GSS sheet steel, bonderized and provided
with powder coated finish. Corners shall be rounded without break lines. The cabinets shall be
of sufficient size to enclose all piping and control valves, and shall have access doors to piping
and controls. Access panels shall have positive locking fasteners for easy removal. Cabinets shall
be provided with all floor-mounted vertical units and ceiling-suspended horizontal units.

5.0 INTERIOR CHASSIS

The interior chassis shall be constructed of not less than 16 gauge galvanized steel sheet and
coated with a rust inhibiting paint. All cold panel surfaces shall be covered with not less than 8
mm thick expanded poly-ethylene insulation. All fan coil units shall be securely mounted from
the building structure and shall be set dead level in both directions.

6.0 DRAIN PAN

Primary drain pans shall be fabricated from 20 gauge galvanized sheet steel with all corners
welded, and an additional inner bottom panel of 20 gauge galvanized sheet steel shall be
provided to prevent damage to the bottom insulation panel. The pans shall be insulated with
not less than 10 mm thick poly-ethylene insulation sandwiched between top and bottom
panels to effectively prevent condensation. The pans shall be of sufficient size to catch all
drippage of condensation from any part of the unit; in all cases pans shall be large enough to
cover cooling coil supply and return water headers and bends, and control valves. An extension
condensate pan similar to primary drain pan shall be provided by the manufacturer on those
units where coil connections are to be made on both ends of the coil.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-49

7.0 COOLING COIL

All coils shall be of staggered seamless copper tube with aluminium plate fins mechanically
bonded to copper tubes. Number of the row for cooling coils shall be as called for in the
schedule of quantities. Tubes shall be minimum 10mm OD and wall thickness shall be minimum
0.5mm. All bends and joints shall be enclosed within insulated end sections of the base unit for
protection against sweating. Each coil shall be provided with an air vent and drain plug. All
coils shall be factory tested at 21Kg. per Sq.cm (300 psig) air pressure while submerged in
water. Fin spacing shall be 12 or 13 fins per inch. Tubes shall be Mechanically / Hydraulically
expanded for minimum thermal contact resistance with fins.

8.0 FANS

Fans shall be centrifugal, forward-curve, direct-driven by a shaded-pole motor equipped with


built-in overload protection.

9.0 MOTOR

Motor shall be 220+/- 10% volts 50 cycles, single phase, six-pole, shaded pole type, speed not
exceeding 1050 RPM at maximum airflow. Motors shall have three speed windings and shall be
factory-wired to a junction box.

10.0 ISOLATORS

Ceiling-suspended horizontal units and units mounted within the ceiling space shall be hung
through neoprene in shear type vibration isolation suspensions, placed between the suspender
rods of sizes as per the details.

11.0 ACCESSORIES

All fan coil units shall be provided with the following accessories as detailed item-wise in the
schedule of quantities:

Wall mounted thermostat for individual unit, containing three-speed and on-off control for fan
speed, temperature control for summer air conditioning.
Set of Ball Valves (one with strainer) and 3/2-way motorized valve in water lines for individual
unit for each coil connection.
Fireproof double layer canvass connection.
Flexible copper piping for each coil connection.

12.0 FILTERS

The filters shall be made out of minimum three layers of aluminium wire mesh woven in
diamond shape. The filters frame work shall be out of aluminium channels. Thickness of filter
shall be minimum 10 mm.

13.0 PAINTING

Powder coating that have become marred during shipment or erection shall be cleaned off with
mineral spirits, wire brushed and spot primed over the affected areas, then coated with enamel
paint to match the finish over the adjoining surfaces.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-50

14.0 NOISE CONTROL

Fan coil units shall be selected for the lowest operating noise level of the equipment. Fan
performance rating, power consumption and sound power data with operating points clearly
indicated shall be submitted with the tenders and verified at the time of testing and
commissioning of the installation.

15.0 TESTING

Cooling capacity of various fan coil units shall be computed from the measurements of air flow
and dry and wet bulb temperatures of air entering and leaving the coil. Flow measurements
shall be by a anemometer and temperature measurements by accurately calibrated
mercury-in-glass thermometers. Computed ratings shall conform to the specified capacities and
quoted ratings Noise level at various locations within the conditioned spaces shall be measured
by a sound pressure level meter.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-51

L) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF PRECISION AC UNITS:

1.0 SCOPE

The scope of this section comprises the supply, erection, testing and commissioning of precision
AC unit conforming to these Specifications and in accordance with requirements of drawings
and of the Schedule of Quantities.

2.0 CAPACITY

The precision AC unit capacity & design parameters shall be as shown on Drawings and in
Schedule of Quantities.

3.0 CASING

Double skinned panels shall be 23 mm thick made of galvanized steel, pressure injected with
Foam insulation (density 40 kg/m3) with K factor not exceeding 0.02 Watt/Mc shall be fixed to
1.5 mm thick aluminium alloy twin box section structural framework with stainless steel screws.
Outer sheet of panels shall be made of galvanized preplasticised sheet of 0.63 mm thick, and
inner sheet of 24 Gauge plain G.I.Sheet.

The entire framework shall be mounted on an aluminium alloy or galvanized steel (depending
on size) channel base as per manufacturer’s recommendation. The panels shall be sealed to the
framework by heavy duty `O’ ring gaskets held captive in the framed extrusion. All panels shall
be detachable orhinged. Hinges shall be made of die cast aluminium with stainless steel pivots,
handles shall bemade of hard nylon and be operational from both inside and outside of the
unit. Units supplied withvarious sections shall be suitable for onsite assembly with continuous
foam gasket. All fixing and gaskets shall be concealed.

Units shall have hinged, quick opening access door in the fan section and also in filter section
where filters are not accessible from outside. Access doors shall be double skin type.

4.0 COMPRESSOR

The compressor shall be hermetic / semi-hermetic sealed type and suitable for operation on
Eco-friendly refrigerant R-407c/R-134 a/ R-410a. The compressor shall be located in separate
compartment isolated from air stream to permit servicing without shutting down the system.
Compressor shall be installed on spring mounted floating platform / rubber pads or
manufacturer’s recommended approved mounting. The compressor should be capable of
operating continuously even at design ambient of 42deg C (108 deg F).

Suitable overload protection shall be provided in compressor. Isolating valves shall be provided
at suction & discharge. Compressor shall be fitted with electrically operated oil heaters with
built-in thermostats.

Heaters shall be automatically actuated when the compressor is stopped. In built TIME DELAY
shall be provide for restart of compressor.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-52

5.0 COOLING COIL

Cooling coils shall be of fin and tube type having aluminium fins firmly bonded to copper tubes
assembled in zinc coated steel frame. Face and surface areas shall be such as to ensure rated
capacity from each unit and air velocity across each coil shall not exceed 500 FPM. The coil shall
be pitched in the unit casing for proper drainage. Each coil shall be factory-tested at 21 Kg. per
sq.cm air pressure under water. Tube shall be mechanically / hydraulically expanded for
minimum thermal contract resistance with fins. The no. of fins per cm. shall be 4 to 5.

6.0 EVAPORATOR SECTION

Evaporator coil shall be constructed out of copper expanded on to aluminum fins to give a good
mechanical bond for maximum heat transfer and should have hydrophilic coating.
Approximately 12 to 14 number of fins per inch shall be provided. Face area of coil shall be
selected corresponding to air velocity not exceeding 2.5 m/sec.

A condensate drip tray duly insulated of stainless steel construction of minimum 18 SWG thick
shall be provided.

7.0 BLOWER SECTION

The unit shall be under floor discharge type and should be able to deliver minimum 550 CFM
per ton. Total external static pressure shall be 2.5 mm of WG. The fan speed of the blower
should automatically vary as per the inside conditions during the operation on Chilled Water
operation. The units should be equipped with direct driven backward curved radial fans with
electronically commutated brushless motors & suitable for 415 + 10% variations 3 Phase, 50 Hz
AC supply. The motor’s high efficiently should make for less energy absorption, especially at
partial loads and during starting.

The motor housing shall be of IP 54 or IP 55 grade. The fan shall be directly coupled / belt
driven having a maximum speed of 1400 r.p.m.

8.0 DEHUMIDIFICATION SECTION

Dehumidification shall be achieved by either reducing effective coil area by solenoid valve
arrangement or using Dew point method of control or through any other suitable method.
Whenever dehumidification is required, the control system shall enable a solenoid valve to limit
the exchange surface of the evaporating coil, thereby providing a lower evaporating
temperature.

9.0 REFRIGERANT PIPING

Each refrigerant circuit shall be suitable for operation on R-407c / R-134 A/ R-410a and shall
include the following items:

a. Thermostatic Expansion Valve with external Pressure equalization.


b. Removable liquid line drier / filter.
c. Liquid Line Sight Glass with Moisture indicator.
d. Hand Shut off valves / Shredder valves.
e. Suction and discharge valves for isolation of compressor.
f. Liquid line receiver.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-53

The serviceable / removable components shall have union connection for easily removal /
assembly. All pipe work shall be carried out with 16G refrigerant quality copper tube and where
bends are required, the same shall be completed using either a proprietary bending tool or
radius fittings.

10.0 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

The electrical power system shall confirm to relevant IS standard. A main isolator (MCB) shall be
provided by the side of each unit, sized to meet the system total power requirement. Within
the panel individual power loads shall be distributed equally across the three phases.
All individual wires shall be of cross linked polythene insulated, armoured Copper cabling, with
a low smoke and flame sheath (XLPE/SWA/LSF) and colour coded or shall be numbered at their
point of termination to facilitate servicing. Low voltage control wiring and power wiring shall be
segregated from each other.

The following shall be incorporated:


a. Contactors for automatic Micro Processor Control
b. Single phase preventors
c. Separate over load preventor for all individual components.

11.0 AIR COOLED CONDENSER

Each condenser unit shall consist of a heat rejecting coil block constructed from copper tubes
expanded on to straight aluminium fins. The fan shall be selected for low speed quiet operation.
The fan shall be directly driven by a motor of speed not exceeding 1000 RPM and constructed
from sheet and cast aluminium. When compressor stops condensor fan shall also stop after a
suitable time delay. The fan should be complete with an automatic fan speed controller to
maintain constant head under varying ambient conditions. The motor housing shall be of IP 65
grade.
The condenser shall be flexible for mounting in both horizontal and vertical positions. The
entire assembly shall be supported by a corrosion treated frame having four legs.

12.0 HUMIDIFIER & HEATERS

The humidifier and heaters shall be a built in feature in each machine individually.
Humidification shall be provided by boiling water in steam generator. The steam shall be evenly
distributed into the supply air stream of the Air Conditioning Unit. The humidifier shall be self
cleaning and capable of delivering variable capacity steam from 30 % to 100% of its total
capacity with help of microprocessor.
Microprocessor should be able to control the humidification and heating through suitable
sensors. Heater should be of minimum two stages & heating circuit shall include dual safety
protection through loss of air and manual reset high temperature controls.

13.0 FILTERS

Each unit shall be provided with a factory assembled filter section containing washable
synthetic type air filters having anodised aluminum frame. The media shall be supported with
HDP mesh on one side and aluminum mesh on other side. Filter banks shall be easily accessible
and designed for easy withdrawal and renewal of filter cells. Filter framework shall be fully
sealed and constructed either from aluminum alloy or GI powder coated. Filter banks face

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-54

velocities shall not exceed 150 Mt. / minute. The filter shall be suitable for high efficiency dust
filtration.

14.0 SAFETY CONTROLS

Following minimum safety controls shall be provided for each unit :


1) High pressure trip - Manual reset (for each compressor)
2) Low pressure trip - Manual reset (for each compressor)

15.0 SAFETY INTERLOCKS

Operation of heaters & humidifier shall be possible only when blower fan is in operation.
Condenser fan shall stop after a suitable time delay on Compressor’s stopping.

16.0 MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLS

Following information shall be available on the display on the units:


a. Room temperature and humidity.
b. Supply fan working status
c. Compressor working status
d. Condenser fans working status.
e. Electric heaters working status
f. Humidifier working status.
g. Manual / Auto unit status.
h. Line voltage value.
i. Temperature set point.
j. Humidity set point.
k. Working hours of main component i.e. compressors, fans, heater, humidifier etc.
l. Unit working hours.
m. Current date and time.
n. Type of alarm (with automatic reset or block)
o. The last 10 intervened alarms.

The microprocessor shall be able to perform following functions:


a. Testing of the working of display system.
b. Password for unit calibration values modification.
c. Automatic re-start of program.
d. Cooling capacity control.
e. Compressor starting timer.
f. Humidifier capacity limitation.
g. Date and time of last 10 intervened alarm.
h. Start / Stop status storage.
i. Random starting of the unit.
j. Outlet for the connection to remote system.
k. Temperature and humidity set point calibration..
l. Delay of General Alarm activation.
m. Alarm calibration.

Following alarms shall be displayed on screen of microprocessor unit:


a. Air flow loss.
b. Clogged Filters.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-55

c. Compressor low pressure.


d. Compressor high pressure.
e. Smoke - fire.
f. Humidifier water level.
g. High / Low room temperature.
h High/Low room humidity.
i. 2 spare external alarms.
j. Maintenance request.

The unit shall be able to maintain history of following events:


a. Previous 10 faults.
b. Highest / Lowest temperature.
c. Maximum / Minimum RH.
d. The microprocessor shall have a serial port or compatible output for connections to a
BACNET/IP/SNMP protocol, datacom or multicom for numerous remote control
options.

e. Each microprocessor shall have the capability of linking up via high level interface with a
BMS for switching to a secondary unit upon any of eight (8) field selectable alarm
signals (vendor to provide details of available options). Any BMS control function should
be considered secondary to the duty/standby sequencing control of the PRESICION unit
systems.

f. Automatic sequencing of PRESICION units shall be included to facilitate hours-run


equalization, rotation of first call plant, removal of failed units from sequence, and
ensure sufficient frequency of usage to ensure reliable operation.

17.0 AIR FLOW SWITCH

An air flow switch is fitted to all units, in order to ensure that electrical power is supplied to
high voltage components only when adequate air flow is proven.

18.0 FLOOR STAND

The unit shall be supplied with an adjustable floor stand fabricated from structural steel and
painted to match the frame of the air conditioner. Nominal heights of floor stand shall be such
that they shall flush with the top surface of the raised floor tiles. The height of the floor stand
shall be adjustable plus or minus 36 millimeters. The 19 millimeters threaded rod pedestals
shall have vibration pads and a two nut locking system.

19.0 SMOKE DETECTOR

The unit shall be supplied with a factory installed and wired smoke detector to sense smoke
concentration in the return air. The smoke detector shall be specially designed to operate in the
higher air velocities it will experience in the unit. Upon detecting smoke concentrations, the
unit shall automatically stop the system and activate an alphanumeric “SMOKE ALARM”
indicator and audible alarm on the Microprocessor Indicator Panel.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-56

20.0 BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM

For the integration of Microprocessor Panel of the chilling machine with the Building
Automation System, an Interface Control Document shall be developed by BAS Contractor. It
shall be responsibility of Supplier to provide following to BAS Contractor for preparing the
interface.

a. Hardware Protocol of Microprocessor panel.


b. Software Protocol of Microprocessor panel.
c. Communication structure relating to collection of message / event information.
d. Description of the formatted packets / blocks of data which construct controller
commands / responses.
e. Complete overview of the system.
f. All information described above to be available at one point.
g. Written permission to BAS contractor to develop the interface without any financial
implication. It shall be possible to duplicate all the information mentioned under Clause
3.14 on the BAS control station. Remote start / stop shall also be carried out through
BAS. An auto / manual / stop changeover switch shall be provided on each unit with
potential free contact at manual position.

Note :
Only start/stop and duplication of data shall be carried out on BAS. Once switched ‘ON’, the
operation of microprocessor unit shall be as per their standard built-in logic

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-57

M) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF DX SPLIT SYSTEM:

1.0 SPLIT / DUCTABLE UNITS

Air cooled split units shall be as per approved make, energy efficient hermitically or semi-
hermitically compressor complete with vibration isolators & factory installed controls (like HP &
LP cutouts, inter locking Fan & Compressor, Thermostat with selector switch etc) & accessories
including wiring. Efficient cooling coil shall be selected for low velocity with 3/8"/1/2" OD
copper tubing having extended aluminium fins. Hydraulic expansion of tubes assures tight
bonding between tubes & fins for high heat transfer. Tubes shall be arranged in a staggered
design for best air contact thus giving low bypass. The cooling coil circuits are fed with liquid
refrigerant through the thermostatic expansion valve and a distributor. Blower of an
evaporating unit shall be statically and dynamically balanced and shall be selected to give
required airflow as identified in the drawings. Filters shall be minimum 25mm thick synthetic
type or equivalent wire aluminium frame. Drain pan shall be of 18 gauge insulated with
expanded polyethylene sheet. Casing shall be heavy gage factory painted to provide better
protection against rusting.

Remote air cooled condensing unit shall have to be most efficient condenser coils made out of
copper tubing with extended aluminium fins. Tubes shall be arranged in a staggered design for
better efficiency. Condenser fans shall be selected to operate quietly for required CFM to keep
condensing temperature low. The compressor may be in the indoor unit or with the outdoor
unit, but, it should be capable of operating continuously even at high ambient of 46 deg C (115
deg F). The condensing unit shall be installed with steal base frame, along with cushy foot
mounting vibration isolation pads.

Interconnected refrigerant piping between outdoor unit & indoor unit shall be of heavy gauge
copper complete with thermostatic expansion valve, liquid line strainer, drier, shut off valves,
high & low pressure gauges including insulated suction line. 25mm thick neoprene rubber pads
shall be supplied for each indoor/outdoor units. The units shall be tested in accordance with
IS:1391.

2.0 HIGH WALL MOUNTED UNITS

The units shall be wall-mounted type. The units includes pre-filter, fan section and DX coil
section. The housing of units shall be light weight powder coated galvanized steel. Units shall
have an attractive external casing for supply and return air.

3.0 INSTALLATION

The units shall be mounted on ribbed rubber pads for vibration isolation. The contractor shall
supply the required charge of refrigerant, lubricant and other consumables, for commissioning
and testing of the equipment.

All the equipment shall be thoroughly tested and checked for leaks. All safety controls shall be
suitably set and a record of all setting shall be furnished to the project supervisor.

4.0 TESTING

Unit capacity in tons Refrigeration, shall be computed from the temperature readings and air-
flow measurements. Flow measurements shall be preferably by a hot-wire anemometer or a

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-58

velometer. Computed results shall conform to the specified capacities and the power
consumption shall conform to the figures furnished by the manufacturer.

5.0 PAINTING

Shop coats of paint that have become marred during transportation or erection shall be cleaned
off with mineral spirits, wire brushed and spot primed over the affected areas, then coated with
enamel paint to match the finish over the adjoining shop- painted surfaces.

6.0 CONDENSER DRAIN PIPING

All pipes to be used for cold water (makeup), drain, and condensate drain shall be PVC pipe 16
Kg/m2 conforming to IS: 4985 - Class I & all joints should be Gluing or solvent cementing as per
manufacturer recommendation.

7.0 REFRIGERANT PIPING

a. All refrigerant pipes and fittings shall be type `L' hard drawn copper tubes and wrought
copper fitting suitable for connection with silver solder phos copper.

b. All joints in copper piping shall be sweat joints using low temperature brazing and/or
silver solder. Before jointing any copper pipe or fittings, its interior shall be thoroughly
cleaned be passing a clean cloth via wire or cable through its entire length. The piping
shall be continuously kept clean of dirt etc. while construction the joints. Subsequently,
it shall be thoroughly blown out using carbon dioxide/nitrogen.

c. Refrigerant lines shall be sized to limit pressure drop between evaporator and
condensing unit to less than 0.2 kg per Sq.cm.

d. Removable type combination drier and filter shall be installed in liquid line of the
refrigeration system incorporating a three way valve bypass. After ninety days of opera-
tion, liquid line drier and filter cartridges must be replaced.

e. After the refrigerant piping installation has been completed the refrigerant piping
system shall be pressure tested using, Freon mixed with nitrogen/carbon dioxide at a
pressure of 20 Kg per Sq. cm. (High side) and 10 Kg per Sq. cm (Low side) pressure shall
be maintained on the system for a minimum of 12 hours. The system shall then be
evacuated to a minimum vacuum of 70 cm. of mercury and held for 24 hours, during
which time, change in vacuum shall not exceed 12 cm of mercury. Vacuum shall be
checked with vacuum gage.

f. All refrigerant piping shall be installed strictly as per the instructions and
recommendations of air conditioning equipment manufacturers.

8.0 TESTING & BALANCING

a. All piping shall be tested to hydrostatic test pressure of at least two and half times the
maximum operating pressure, but not less than 24 hours. All leaks and defects in joints
revealed during the testing shall be rectified and gotten approved at site.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-59

b. Piping repaired subsequent to the above pressure test shall be retested in the same
manner.

c. System may be tested in sections and such sections shall be securely capped, then
retested for entire system.

d. The contractor shall give sufficient notice to all other agencies at site, of his intention to
test a section or sections of piping and all testing shall be witnessed and recorded by
Owner's site representative.

e. The contractor shall make sure that proper noiseless circulation of fluid is achieved
through all coils and other heat exchange equipment in the system concerned. If proper
circulation is not achieved the contractor shall rectify the defective connection. He shall
bear all expenses for carrying out the above rectifications, including the tearing up and
refinishing of floors and walls as required.

f. The contractor shall provide all materials, tools, equipment, instruments, services and
labour required to perform the test.

g. Complete certified report shall be submitted for evaluation and approval. Upon
approval, four copies of the balancing report shall be submitted with complete
drawings and documents.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-60

N) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF PIPING WORK:

1.0 SCOPE

The scope of this section comprises the supply and laying of pipes, pipe fittings and valves,
testing and balancing of all water and refrigerant piping required for the complete installation
as shown on the Drawings. All piping inclusive of fittings and valves shall follow the applicable
Indian Standards.

2.0 PIPE SIZES

Pipe sizes shall be as required for the individual fluid flows. Various pipe sizes have been
indicated on the Drawings, these are for Contractor’s guidance only and shall not relieve
contractor of responsibility for providing smooth noiseless balanced circulation of fluids.

i. Water velocity in pipes shall not exceed 2. m/sec.

3.0 CHILLED WATER/ CONDENSER WATER & DRAIN PIPING

Following material shall be used for pipes and fittings.

Pipes Nominal size (mm) Material Specification


<150 IS 1239 Part-1 (Mild steel medium class (Black steel)
tube)
200 and above IS 3589 Gr. FE 48 (6mm thick <300NB, 8mmthick >
300NB & < 600NB, 10mm thick above 600 NB) (welded
black steel pipe, class 2)

Fittings Nominal size (mm) Material Specification


<40 Socket welded, ASTM A85 as per ANSI B16.9
50-150 Butt welded, ASTM A234 Gr. WPB as per ANSI B16.9
>200 Site fabricated from IS 3589 Gr. FE 48 (6mm)

Flanges Nominal size (mm) Material Specification


< 150 ASTM A85 as per ANSI B16.5 (#150 class)
> 200 IS 2062 Gr.A, as per ANSI B16.5 (#150 class)

All jointing in the pipe system shall generally be by welding, unless otherwise mentioned, or
directed at site. All welding shall be done by qualified welders and shall strictly conform to BIS
Code of practice for manual metal arc, welding of Mild Steel.

Out of three weld one butt weld of each welder shall be fully radiographed for testing
purposes. Upon approval of welding joints the concerned welder shall be allowed to carry
further welding of pipes. Rest of the welds shall have 80% visual inspection.

a. All welded joints (except pipe welded end-to-end) shall be made by use of one-piece
welding flanges, caps, nozzles, elbows, branch outlets and tees of approved make. Cut
samples shall be submitted for approval, if directed. All such fittings etc., shall be of a
type which maintain full wall-thickness at all points, simple radius and fillets, and

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-61

proper bevels or shoulders at ends. All job welding shall be done by the electric arc
welding process in accordance with the following :

 All joints shall have 45 degree bevel type, pipe mill-bevelled or machine-bevelled by
the contractor.
 All scale and oxide shall be removed with hammer, chisel or file and bevel left smooth
and clean.
 Pipe lengths shall line up straight with abutting pipe ends concentric.
 Both conductors from the welding machine shall be extended to locations at which
welding work is being done. The leads from welding machine to location of welding
work shall be held together with tape or other approved means so as to prevent
induced current in structural steel, in piping or in other metals within the building.
The ground lead shall be connected to length of pipe through joints in pipe, structural
steel of building or steel pipe supports.

b. All pipes and their steel supports shall be thoroughly cleaned and given one primary
coat of red oxide paint before being installed. For vibration isolators remoulded
polyurethane pipe sections of 160 Kg/m3 density with adhesive shall be fixed
between pipe and MS support. 8 mm thick MS ‘U’ clamp with resistoflex shall be fixed
on the pipe so that the pipe is kept in position. All welded piping shall be subject to
the approval at site.

c. Fittings shall be malleable casting of pressure rating suitable for the piping system.
Fittings used on welded piping shall be of the weldable type. These shall form part of
piping and are not separately identified in Schedule of Quantities.

d. Tee-off connections shall be through equal or reducing tees, otherwise ferrules


welded to the main pipe shall be used. Drilling and tapping of the walls of the main
pipe shall not be resorted to.

e. Ball and butterfly valves conforming to the following specifications shall be provided
as shown on Drawings:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Size Construction Ends Type
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

15 to 40 mm Brass Screwed Ball


ASTM B62

50 mm and over Body Cast iron, Wafer Butterfly

Type and requirements shall be as indicated in Schedule of Quantities. Valves shall


have non-rising spindles unless specified otherwise and shall be suitable for PN 10/
PN 16 rating as indicated in the schedule of quantities.

4.0 BUTTERFLY VALVES

Butterfly valves shall perform the function of isolating valves. Butterfly valves shall have cast
iron body with black nitrile rubber seat and shall be suitable for PN 10/ PN 16 rating as

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-62

indicated in the schedule of quantities. All butterfly valves shall be provided with locking
devices. Valves 250 mm and above dia shall be gear driven.

Butterfly/Ball valves shall be provided at


i. Suction and delivery side of pumps.
ii. Inlet and outlet of each condenser, chiller & cooling towers.
iii. Inlet and outlet of AHU, FCU, TFA etc.
iv. All drain connection from equipments.

5.0 MOTORISED BUTTERFLY VALVES

Motorised Butterfly valves shall be made of cast iron body, seat of black nitrile rubber (tight
shut-off), nylon coated S.G. iron disc, PTEE coated SS (AISI 410) shaft, complete with
companion flanges, nuts, bolts, gaskets etc. as required. These valves shall conform to
BS:5155, MSS SP 67 & API 609and shall be designed to fit without gaskets between mating
flanges. The valves shall be suitable for flow in either direction and seal in both directions.
The valve shall be of integral moulded design. Actuator shall have potential free contacts for
status monitoring. The valve shall be complete with (Push Button for ON/OFF arrangement &
ON/OFF valve indications) companion flanges, nuts, bolts, gaskets etc.

6.0 AUTOMATIC BALANCING VALVES

Automatic balancing valves shall automatically control flow rates with + 5% accuracy. Valve
control mechanism shall consist of a stainless steel cartridge with a ported cup and coil /
helical spring to avoid corrosion. Four operating ranges shall be available with the minimum
range requiring less than 14 kPa to actuate the mechanism. Manufacturer shall provide
independent laboratory tests verifying assurance of performance.

7.0 MANUAL DOUBLE REGULATING BALANCING VALVES

Manual double regulating balancing valves shall be provided at chiller, condenser, various
tapp-offs and each AHU outlet line as indicated in Schedule of Quantities. These valves shall
have built-in pressure-drop measuring facility to compute flow rate across the valve. The test
cocks shall be long enough to protrude out of pipe insulation. To enable accurate and
practical operation, measurement of flow and differential pressure shall be made with a
computerised balancing instrument which shall enable the operator to read the flow directly
without the use of diagrams or tables. In addition to measuring flowrate, differential pressure
and temperature, computerised balancing instrument shall have a computer programme to
provide the following functions:

 To balance the HVAC installation and calculate the necessary valve settings, based on
system measurements.
 To store the results of balancing.
 To log measured values from a valve (differential pressure, flowrate or temperature).
 To printout saved data in computerised measurement protocol (CMP) consisting of:
- Name and size of Balancing Valve (BV)
- Presetting position of BV
- ΔP at BV
- Flow at BV
- Design Flow

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-63

8.0 Flanges shall be of approved make. The supply of flanges shall form part of piping (not
separately identified in Schedule of Quantities) and shall also include supply of bolts, washers,
nuts and suitable asbestos fibre / rubber insertion gaskets (minimum 3 mm thick).

9.0 All ball valves and ball valves with Y strainer shall be bronze forged body construction with
chrome plated bronze ball and handle of stainless steel constructions. These are separately
identified in Schedule of Quantities.

10.0 NON RETURN VALVES

Non return valves shall be dual plate check valve provided as shown on the Drawings, and
identified in Schedule of Quantities conforming to relevant Codes and in accordance with the
following Specifications :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Size Construction Ends
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
50 to 150 mm Body cast iron, Flanged
gun metal plate.

200 mm to 450 mm Body cast iron, plate Flanged


carbon steel with 11%
chrome overlay.

The spring and hinge/stop pin shall be SS304 and bearing PTFE material. Valves shall be PN
10/ PN 16 rating as indicated in the schedule of quentities.

11.0 Y-STRAINER & POT STRAINER

The Y-strainer shall be fabricated out of MS `C’ class pipe two size higher than that of strainer
pipe size. Flanges as per BS 10 shall be provided at inlet & outlet of connections. The body shall
be pressure tested at 10 Kg/Sq. cm and shall be hot dip galvanized. Permanent magnet shall be
provided in the body of the strainer to arrest MS particles. Filter element shall be of
nonmagnetic 20 gauge SS sheet with 3 mm perforation. Strainer shall be provided at inlet of
each AHU & chilled water pumps,

Pot Strainer be fabricated of steel bodies designed to stand the test pressure of PN 16. The
strainers shall have removable stainless steel screen with 3mm perforation and a permanent
magnet to attract the iron particles. Strainers shall be provided with flanged ends. The Strainers
shall be designed in such a way that the removal & replacement of the screen could be done
without disconnecting the main pipeline.
The strainers shall also designed to provide the filtration area having 1:4 ratio.

The Y-Strainer & Pot Strainer confirming to SSPL 107 & ordinary shall have steel body and
factory tested at works at 16 Kg/sq. cm pressure. The screen shall be made out of 3 mm
perforated stainless steel sheet. It should be easily removable when required to be cleaned.
Isolating butterfly valves at either end of the pot strainer shall be provided.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-64

12.0 EXPANSION BELLOWS

The expansion bellows shall be flanged type expansion joint. Flanges shall be non-compressible
and mechanically strong tye and the Neoprene rubber shall be provided in between the flange
ends. The below shall works for a temperature range of minus 10°C to 70°c.

The length and working pressure of bellows shall be as follows:

Nominal Bore (mm) Length (mm) Pressure (Bars)


20-25 125 15
32-200 150 15
250-350 200 10

Bellows shall be provided with control roads to control the excessive elongation or compression
of piping systems.

It shall have torsional movement up to 3° without damage.

In plant room pipe shall not be supported from ceiling and shall have steel supports of
adequate strength firmly fixed to the floor only.

13.0 BTU METER

Meter should be a tamper proof meter with Single button design. No tampering can be done on
the meter through the keypad. Parameters of the meter can be changed through software only.

Meters need to be calibrated Online after installation to guarantee Accuracy. The calibration
have to be done onsite after installation and the same is mandatory for every meter installed

All meters need to be wet calibrated (temperature sensor and flow meter need to be calibrated
together) and calibration certificate to be provided for the BTU meters

Meters need to have an inbuilt battery backup – guaranteed for a minimum of 6 years. There is
no requirement of Power supply.

The flow sensor needs to be a high capacity flow meter and can take velocities as high as 10
m/s.

One single model for line sizes ranging from 15mm to 700mm.

Meters need to be CE certified and needs to have IP68 Protection

Meter should have the facility to be used as a hot meter as well as a cold meter without any
modifications. The meter should have auto switching of Hot/ Cold meters

14.0 COLD WATER AND DRAIN PIPING

a. All pipes to be used for drain from AHU drains pans and chilled water pumps glands,
condensate drain and fittings shall be high density PVC pipe/ G.I. class B type.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-65

b. All jointing in the pipe system shall be by screwed joints and/or by screwed flanges
using 3mm 3 ply rubber insertion gaskets. Pipe threads and flanges shall be as per
relevant BIS Codes.

c. All pipes supports shall be mild steel, thoroughly cleaned and given one primary coat
of red oxide paint before being installed.

d. Fittings shall be galvanized steel `medium class’ malleable casting of pressure rating
suitable for the piping system. Flanges shall be of approved make. Supply of flanges
shall include bolts, nuts, gaskets as required. Sufficient number of flanges and unions
shall be provided for future cleaning and servicing of piping. Tee-off connection shall
be through equal or reducing tees. All equipment and valve connections, or
connections to any other mating pipes shall be through flanges required for the
mating connections. Fittings & flanges shall form part of piping and are not separately
identified in Schedule of Quantities.

e. Gate valves, globe valves, check valves and strainers shall be similar to those specified
for chilled, condensing and hot water piping.

f. For proper drainage of AHU Condensate, ‘U’ trap shall be provided in the drain piping.

g. All condensate drain piping shall be insulated and painted as per the section
“Insulation” as indicated in Schedule of Quantities.

15.0 G.I. PIPES & FITTINGS FOR SUMP

a. All galvanized steel tube shall be conforming to IS 1239 class specified. When class is
not specified they shall be heavy class.

b. Fittings shall be of malleable iron galvanized of approved make. Each fitting shall have
manufacturer’s trade mark stamped on it. Fittinga for G.I. pipes shall include
couplings, bends, tees, reducers, nipples, unions and bushes. Fittings shall conform to
I.S. 1879-(Part I to X).

c. Pipes and fittings shall be joined with screwed joints. After cutting a pipe with a
hacksaw or a cutting machine care shall be taken to remove burr from the end of the
pipe after reaming with a proper file.

d. Threaded joints will be made by applying non toxic pipe sealent for metal joints as per
BS 5290. Or with pipe sealing cord sealant as per manufacturer’s recommendations
used for drinking water supply. Use of red or white lead and sutli will not be
permitted for screwed joints.

e. No pipes shall be run inside a sunken floor as far as possible. Pipes may be run under
the ceiling.

f. Pumps suction and delivery headers shall be Galvanized iron pipes/MS heavy class
with matching fittings. The pipe joints shall be threaded as per manufacturer’s
instructions.

j. Vibration Eliminators

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-66

Provide on all suction and delivery lines as shown the drawings double flanged
reinforced neoprene flexible pipe connectors. Connectors should be suitable for a
working pressure of each pump and tested to the test pressure given in the relevant
head. Length of the connectors shall be as per site requirements in accordance with
manufacturer details.

16.0 REFRIGERANT PIPING

a. All refrigerant pipes and fittings shall be hard drawn copper tubes and wrought
copper / brass fittings suitable for connection with silver solder / phos-copper.

b. All joints in copper piping shall be sweat joints using low temperature brazing and / or
silver solder. Before jointing any copper pipe or fittings, its interiors shall be
thoroughly cleaned by passing a clean cloth via wire or cable through its entire length.
The piping shall be continuously kept clean of dirt etc. while constructing the joints.
Subsequently, it shall be thoroughly blown out using carbon dioxide / nitrogen.

c. Refrigerant lines shall be sized to limit pressure drop between the evaporator and
condensing unit to less than 0.2 kg per sq.cm.

d. Sight glass with moisture indicator and removable type combination dryer cum filter
with MS housing and brass wire mesh / punched brass sheet shall be installed in
liquid line of the refrigeration system incorporating a three valve by pass. After ninety
days of operation, liquid line drier cartridges shall be replaced.

e. Heat exchanger shall be MS heavy duty pipe in pipe type and without any joint in the
inner pipe.

f. Horizontal suction line shall be pitched towards the compressor and no reducers shall
be provided for proper oil return.

g. After the refrigerant piping installation has been completed, the refrigerant piping
system shall be pressure tested using Freon mixed with nitrogen / carbondioxide at a
pressure of 20 kg per sq. cm (high side) and 8 kg per sq. cm (low side). Pressure shall
be maintained in the system for a minimum of 12 hours. The system shall then be
evacuated to a minimum vacuum of 70 cm of mercury and held for 24 hours. Vacuum
shall be checked with a vacuum gage.

h. All refrigeration piping shall be installed strictly as per the instructions and
recommendations of air conditioning equipment manufacturer.

17.0 PIPING INSTALLATION

a. Design Drawings indicate schematically the size and location of pipes. The Contractor,
on award of the work, shall prepare detailed shop drawings, showing the cross-
section, longitudinal sections, details of fittings, locations of isolating and control
valves, drain and air valves, and all pipe supports. He must keep in view the specific
openings in the building through which pipes are designed to pass.

b. Piping shall be properly supported on, or suspended from, stands, clamps, hangers as
specified and as required. The Contractor shall adequately design all the brackets,

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-67

saddles, anchors, clamps and hangers and be responsible for their structural
sufficiency.

c. All pipes in HVAC plant room shall be supported with pipes and channels from floor
only with necessary PUF pipe supports and resistoflex sheet.

d. Pipe supports shall be of steel, adjustable for height and primer coated with rust
preventive paint and finish coated black. Where pipe and clamps are of dissimilar
materials, a gasket shall be provided in between. Spacing of pipe supports shall not
exceed the following:
_____________________________________________________________________
Pipe size Spacing between supports Rod Size
____________________________________________________________________
Upto 12 mm 1.5 Meter 8 mm
15 to 25 mm 2.0 meter 8 mm
30 to 150 mm 2.0 meter 8 mm
Over 150 mm 2.5 meter 12.5 mm

d. Vertical pipes passing through floors shall be plumb and parallel to wall. Pipes shall be
supported on alternate floor. MS cleats shall be welded on pipes and rest on MS
channel placed on the floor with 15 mm thick resistoflex pads between the cleat and
channel. U clamps with resistoflex sheet shall be provided to keep the pipe in
position.

e. Bull heading in water/refrigerant piping shall be avoided.

f. Pipe sleeves at least 3 mm thick, 50 mm / 80 mm larger in diameter than condenser /


chilled water pipes respectively shall be provided wherever pipes pass through
retaining wall and slab. Annular space shall be filled with fiberglass and finished with
retainer rings welded on the ends of the sleeve.

g. Wherever pipes pass through the brick or masonry / slab openings, the gaps shall be
sealed with fire sealant such as fire barrier caulks.

h. Insulated piping shall be supported in such a manner as not to put undue pressure on
the insulation. 20 gage metal sheet shall be provided between the insulation and the
clamp, saddle or roller, extending atleast 15 cm on both sides of the clamp, saddles or
roller.

j. All piping work shall be carried out in a workmen like manner, causing minimum
disturbance to the existing services, buildings and structure. The entire piping work
shall be organized, in consultation with other agencies work, so that laying of pipes,
supports, and pressure testing for each area shall be carried out in one stretch.

k. Cut-outs in the floor slabs for installing the various pipes are indicated in the
Drawings. Contractor shall carefully examine the cut-outs provided and clearly point
out where the cutouts shown in the Drawings do not meet with the requirements.

l. The Contractor shall make sure that the clamps, brackets, clamp saddles and hangers
provided for pipe supports are adequate. Piping layout shall take due care for
expansion and contraction in pipes and include expansion joints where required.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-68

m. All pipes shall be accurately cut to the required size in accordance with relevant BIS
Codes, edges bevelled and burrs removed before laying. Open ends of the piping shall
be closed as the pipe is installed to avoid entrance of foreign matter. Where reducers
are to be made in horizontal runs, eccentric reducers shall be used for the piping to
drain freely. In other locations, concentric reducers may be used.

n. Flanged inspection pieces 1.5 meters long, with bolted flanges on both ends, shall be
provided no more than 30 meters centres, or where-ever shown in Approved-for-
Construction shop drawings, to facilitate future cleaning of all welded pipes.

o. All buried pipes shall be cleaned and coated with zinc chromate primer and bitumen
paint, and placed on concrete blocks with PUF saddles dipped in bitumen at every 2
meters and wrapped with three layers of fibre glass tissue, each layer laid in bitumen.

p. Insulated buried pipes shall be cleaned, de-rusted, then coated with rust-resistant
primer and placed on concrete blocks with PUF saddles dipped in bitumen at every 2
meters. Insulation shall be applied as per the section “Insulation”, wrapped with GI
wire and covered with polyethylene sheet. Two coats (each 6 mm thick) of cement
plaster shall be applied over chicken wire mesh lath. Where indicated in Schedule of
Quantities, buried insulated pipes shall be water-proofed using coat of Shalibond, or
approved adhesive, over the plastered surface; wrapping one layer of fibre glass RP
tissue and one layer of roofing tarfelt with sufficient overlaps, set and sealed with the
adhesive, held in position by 16 gage G.I wire tied at 15 cm intervals.

18.0 FLANGES & UNION

Flanges and unions shall be provided in each line preceding the connection to each
equipments which require maintenance. Flanges / unions will be treated as part of piping.

19.0 AIR VENTING :

Air valve shall be provided at the summit of piping system for air venting. Globe valve of
same size as air valves shall be incorporated. The sizes of air valves shall be as specified
hereunder. All such valves will be measured & paid.

MAINS AIR VALVES


Up to 100 mm 25 mm
101 to 300 mm 40 mm

20.0 Drains :

 Pump room :

Drains shall be provided at all low points in the system. All the drain points of Pumps shall be
collected and brought to a common header provided by other agency. Air venting valves shall
also be connected to the nearest floor trap / drain through equal size GI pipe.

 AHU Rooms:

A floor trap drain point will be provided in each room. The tenderer shall extend the drain
pipe from AHU to the floor trap.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-69

21.0 SOCKET FOR PRESSURE GAUGES

Socket for Pressure gauges shall be provided at the following locations.

a) Supply side of Chillers and Condensers.


b) Return side of Chillers and Condensers
c) Suction and discharge sides of Chilled & condenser water pumps.
d) Suction and discharge sides of AHUs.
e) Pressure gauge shall be of bourdon type with stainless steel construction of 150 mm
dia and of appropriate range and be complete with brass valves (3/4” Dia.) and SS
duly calibrated before installations.

22.0 SOCKETS FOR THERMOMETER

Direct reading 255 mm long industrial thermometers shall be provided at the inlet and outlet
of all heat exchangers to read water entering and leaving temperature.

Thermometer shall be of stainless steel construction with dial of 150mm dia and range up to
50°C, with 0.5°C least count and shall be calibrated before installation.

The thermometers shall be installed in separate brass oil wells of 1/2” size with a stem of
minimum 3/4th of pipe. Thermometers for insulated piping shall be installed in extended neck
to avoid damage or deformation of the insulation.

23.0 INSULATION

Chilled water piping, condensate drain piping etc. shall be insulated as per the specification
enumerated under the specification “Insulation”.

24.0 TESTING

a) Piping shall be flushed with water 2 times thoroughly before commencement of test.
b) Piping shall be tested by hydrostatic test pressure at 2.5 times the maximum working
pressure for a period of 24 hours.

However, minimum test pressure shall be 10 Kg/sq. cm. The defects in joints and leaks
observed during the test shall be rectified to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge
and piping shall again be subjected to pressure test. The testing of piping system shall be
conducted in presence of Engineer –in-charge. No insulation shall be carried out till the
satisfactory completion of pressure testing. The contractor shall furnish all the necessary
equipment, tools, instruments and labour to perform the test, to re-water and clean space.

25.0 BALANCING

After the completion of installation and testing of piping, all the piping system shall be
adjusted and balanced to deliver the water quantities as specified / as required /as directed.
The instruments /equipment required to adjusting the balancing of water system shall be
accurately calibrated before taking any measurement. Calibrated orifices and portable flow
meters may be used to adjust and balance the water flow. The contractor shall furnish
certificate/ balancing report to the Engineer-in-charge for evaluation and approval.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-70

26.0 PAINTING

a) After successful completion of installation, testing and insulation all exposed piping shall
be given two coats of approved synthetic enamel paint as per the colour coding
requirements.

b) All the underground piping shall be given one coat of Zinc chromate and two coats of
black anti-corrosive paint or bituminous paint.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-71

O) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS:

1.0 SCOPE

The scope of this section comprises the supply, erection, testing and commissioning of
automatic controls and instruments conforming to these specifications and in accordance with
the requirements of Drawings and Schedule of Quantities.

2.0 TYPE

All automatic controls shall be of approved equal, electric controls as described in the various
sections of these specifications.

3.0 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS

Automatic controls required for various types of equipment/machines have been described in
the various sections of these specifications. The individual safety controls and various automatic
controls shall be installed within the equipment/machines by the manufacturers before
shipment. However, the following automatic controls, if not already installed on the
equipment/machines, may need to be installed at site by the Contractor, as per the Schedule of
Quantities.

4.0 TWO WAY MODULATING VALVES

For Air Handling Units and Fan Coil Units shall be provided in chilled water line at each units as
shown on the drawings and included in schedule of quantities. Each valve shall be actuated by a
space thermostat. Constant space conditions shall be maintained by allowing all of the chilled
water to either pass through the coil or to bypass the coil and mix-with the chilled water return.
The valve shall revert to fully bypass position when fan is shut off. Valve shall have brass seat,
self adjusting teflon cone packing and constant total flow through full plug travel. These shall
be installed in chilled water line to act as three/ two-way control valves. The valve shall have
min. travel time between fully open and closed position.

5.0 THERMOSTATS

Shall be electronic type with 3 point output for modulating 2 position reversible motor of Two
way valve of AHU/FCU with sensing element located in the return air stream. The profile,
mounting arrangements and exact location of the thermostats shall be as approved by the
Engineer in charge. All thermostats shall be supplied with the standard mounting boxes, as
recommended by the manufacturer.

Electronic type thermostats for air-conditioning application for actuating the two way valve at
each air handling unit.

6.0 INSTRUMENTS

Instruments required for different types of machines have been described in the various
sections of these specifications and shown on the drawings. Following instruments shall be
provided as per the schedule of quantities.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-72

Thermometers shall be of approved make, mercury-in-glass type with cast brass scale in a steel
casing. Thermometers shall be filled with red reading mercury. Thermometers shall be of the
separable socket type and shall have extended neck, where required, for insulated pipes. The
scale shall be 23 cm long. Thermometers shall be installed at chilled water supply and return at
air handling units, supply and return at chillers and condensers. Range of scales shall be 30-120
F (0-50 ) for air conditioning applications.

Pressure Gages shall be approved make, installed on suction and discharge sides of pumps,
chilled water supply and return at air handling units, inlet and outlet at chillers, and condensers
and as shown on the drawings and included in Schedule of Quantities. Suction side gauges at
pumps shall be compound gauges of 150 mm dia.

7.0 AIR FLOW SWITCH:

Air Flow Switches shall be of sturdy and corrosion resistant construction, suitable for
monitoring air flow in ducts, and supplied with mounting plate and gasket for duct mounting.
Paddle shall be of stainless steel of size 50mm x 150mm minimum. Air flow switches shall be
chosen to suit the velocities to be monitored. Performance of air flow switches shall not be
affected when mounted on ducts handling air below ambient dew point temperature.

8.0 CALIBRATION AND TESTING:

All automatic controls and instruments shall be factory calibrate and provided with necessary
instructions for site calibration and testing. Various items of the same type shall be completely
interchangeable and their accuracy shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer. All automatic
controls and instruments shall be tested at site for accuracy and reliability before
commissioning the installation.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-73

P) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF EXPANSION TANKS & AIR SEPARATORS:

1.0 EXPANSION TANKS

Expansion tanks shall be have full acceptance factor and shall be ASME rated pre-charged
bladder-type pressure vessels. The thank shall be designed to absorb the expansion forces of
heating/cooling system water while maintaining proper system pressurization under varying
operating conditions. The heavy duty bladder should contain system water thereby eliminating
tank shall be provided with insulation.

2.0 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION

i. System Connection: Forged Steel


ii. Shell: Carbon Steel
iii. Bladder: Heavy Duty Butyl Rubber
iv. Designed and Constructed per ASME section VIII, division 1

3.0 AIR SEPARATOR

Furnish and install, as shown on plans, a centrifugal type air separator. The unit shall inlet and
outlet connections tangential to the vessel shell. The unit shall have an internal stainless steel
collector tube with 5/32” (4mm) diameter perforations and 63% open area designed to direct
accumulated air to the compression tank on an air control system or an air vent on air
elimination via an NTP vent connection at top of the unit.

A blow down connection shall be provided to facilitate routine cleaning of the separator.
Manufacturer to furnish data sheet specifying air collection efficiency and pressure drop at
rated flow.

Vessel shell diameter is to be three times the nominal inlet/outlet pipe diameter, with a
minimum vessel volume for sufficient velocity reduction. The air separator must be designed,
constructed and stamped for 125 paig@350°F (862 kPa @177°C) in accordance with section
VIII, division I of the ASME Boiler and pressure vessel inspectors. The air separator(s) shall be
painted with one shop coat of light gray air dry enamel.

A manufacturer’s data report for pressure vessels, Form U-1 as required by the provisions of the
ASME boiler and pressure vessel code, shall be furnished for each air separator upon request.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-74

Q) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF AIR CIRCULATION SYSTEM:

SHEET METAL DUCT WORK

1.0 SCOPE

The scope of this section comprises supply fabrication, installation and testing of all sheet
metal / aluminum ducts, supply, installation, testing and balancing of all grilles, registers and
diffusers. All to be in accordance with these specifications and the general arrangement
shown on the Drawings.

2.0 MATERIAL FOR DUCTING:

All duct work shall be constructed out of best quality cold annealed, flat galvanized sheet
steel (galvanized to specifications of IS : 277 (latest edition). The grade of coat for GS sheet
shall be 120 gm / sq m (table 2 of IS 277-1992).
The joints shall be finished straight and neat. The duct work shall be supported / secured
from roof slab or any other building member using angles, rods as may be required.

Thickness of sheets shall be as shown in the tables given below :

Maximum size of Round Duct Thickness of


Rectangular Duct (in mm) dia (mm) GS Sheet in mm

Upto 750 Upto 600 0.63 (24 G)


751 to 1500 601 to 750 0.80 (22 G)
1501 to 2250 750 to 900 1.00 (20G)
2251 & above 901 & above 1.25 (18 G)

The fabrication of duct shall be done as per IS : 655 (latest edition). Transverse joints,
connections, bracing, seam etc. shall be as per IS : 655.
All the ducts over 300 mm in either dimension shall be cross broken except those on which
rigid board insulation is applied.
Stiffening angles shall be black structural steel and riveted to the duct work. The longitudinal
seam on all ducts may be Pittsburgh seam hooked and hammered.
Ducts of size 600 mm and above shall be reinforced between the joints. Where drive-slips are
used, angles shall be riveted to the ducts 50mm from slips.

2.1 Duct Construction:

The intent of the above specification is to obtain duct pieces that are robust and rigid; enough
to preclude flutter & to achieve minimum amount of air leakage. The contractor may
fabricate ducts conforming to any other approved standard to achieve the desired result.
Factory fabricated ducts also acceptable subject to meeting all other specifications. However,
detailed specifications shall be submitted for approval before adopting the same. Suitable
vapour seal type gaskets shall be provided between the duct flanges. Ducting shall be
supported from independent hangers fixed to the building structure. In any case the duct
shall not be supported from false ceiling, ceiling hangers, light fixtures, support for light
fixtures or piping work etc. In case the structure is under construction, inserts and anchors

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-75

required for duct support shall be set in the building structure at the time of pouring
concrete. The Contractor shall prepare detailed drawings of hangers and supports and submit
for the approval of Engineer-in-charge. Anchoring of rods shall be done by using metallic
expansion fasteners in ceiling for concrete roof. Where ducts are required to be lined or
insulated on inner surface, their dimensions have to be enlarged so that cross-section area is
not reduced as compared to those shown on the drawings by the contractor.

2.2 Elbows, Vanes etc.

Simple elbows, transformation sections shall be formed with Pittsburg corner seams.
Complicated fittings shall be constructed with double corners. Elbows, bends and offset
pieces shall have a center line radius of not less than 1.5 times the radial of width of the duct.
Turning vanes should be provided at required spacing such that the aspect ratio of each
individual elbow formed by vanes shall not be more.

2.3 Transformation:

Duct transformation shall be made with a side slope of 10mm to 70mm. Gradual changes
shall be used so as to maintain uniform velocities accompanied by decreased turbulence,
lower resistance & minimum noise.

2.4 Obstructions:

Where ducting has to avoid building structural members, piping, electrical pipes and cables,
ducts shall be transformed, divided or curved to one side and a stream lined collar shall be
used in all such cases (the reduction in area shall not exceed 20% of the original area) subject
to approval of Engineer in charge. Factory fabricated ducts are also acceptable subject to
meeting above specification.

2.5 Take offs:

All branch take-offs and collars shall be provided with turning vanes. Straightening vanes shall
be provided in the collars wherever practicable.

2.6 Dampers & Splitters

Dampers shall be provided in the duct work for proper control and balancing of air
distribution. Dampers shall have easily accessible operating mechanism. The operating
mechanism shall consist of links, levers and quadrants as required for proper control and
setting in a desired position. The position of the handle of Damper operating mechanism shall
be clearly visible and it shall indicate the position of the damper in duct. Dampers, splitters
and their operating mechanism shall be fabricated of GS sheets of two gauges heavier than
duct piece having these fittings and shall be easily accessible through suitable access doors in
the ducts.

Dampers shall be installed in duct at all required locations such as chutes, branches etc.

2.7 Fire Dampers:

Fire dampers shall be provided in the ducting wherever required as per the local codes.
However, fire dampers shall be provided in the ducts passing through fire walls and where

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-76

the ducts serves more than two floors, fire dampers shall have same fire resistance as that of
fire walls, ceiling etc. The fire damper shall be installed in the duct in such a manner that
vibration and rattling does not occur due to the passage of air. All fire damper units shall be
provided with motor operated switch for operating the damper as and when the fire signals
are received from the fire panel. The scope of work includes laying of cable from
corresponding fire panel to fire dampers and connection thereof. The item will be measured
and paid as per schedule of quantities.

2.8 Apparatus and Equipment Connections

Equipments such as air handling units shall be connected to the duct by means of double
canvas sleeve of 15 ounce, woven asbestos cloth connection of at least 150mm long.
Duct sleeves made of 20 gauge thick galvanized sheet shall be used for ducts passing through
load bearing walls or partitions. Sleeves shall provide 25 mm clearance all around as per duct
or insulated duct. The space between sleeve and duct shall be packed with twisted asbestos.

All the sheet metal plenums required to confine the flow of air through filters and fans, shall
be fabricated out of 18 gauge galvanized sheet steel, and suitably braced as required. Suitable
access doors shall be provided for plenums.

2.9 Access Doors

Hinged or bolted access doors shall be provided in ducting for fire dampers, plenums and any
apparatus requiring frequent servicing for inspection. Access doors shall be rigid and shall be
provided with air tight rubber gaskets. Insulated ducts shall be provided with insulated doors.

2.10 Diffusers & Grilles

All side wall supply grills shall be double deflection type with both horizontal and vertical
vanes being adjustable. Grilles shall be provided with multi-louver damper for volume control
with adjustable handle. Side wall grille shall be similar to Tuttle & Bailey. All return air and
exhaust grilles shall have only horizontal louvers. The supply air grills and return air grills shall
be on same face and continuous .Supply air ceiling diffuser shall be provided with volume
control dampers which can be operated from below.

All the diffusers and grilles shall be of powder coated aluminium. Diffusers and grilles shall
be provided with sponge rubber gasket between flanges and wall or ceiling. Samples of grills/
diffusers shall be approved by Engineer-in-charge before installation. The shade of Grills and
Diffuser shall match the Building finish and got approved by Engineer –in-charge.

2.11 Installation

The installation of ducting shall conform to standard practice of the trade. Suitable fire
resistant frame work for fixing of grilles and diffusers (if required) shall be provided by AC
contractor and no separate payment will be made on this account.

The contractor shall upon the award of work prepare detailed shop drawings of ducting for
approval by Engineer-in-charge. The drawings shall indicate the exact route of ducting,
ducting dimensions, details of splitters, vanes, dampers, fire dampers, heaters, filters etc. as
specified and required. The drawings shall also incorporate cross section indicating beams,
obstruction, piping, cables etc. The ducting shall be suitably designed to avoid all obstructions

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-77

and at the same time utilizing a minimum number of bends / transformations /divisions etc.
Every duct layout drawing shall clearly indicate the location and spacing of supports and
hangers.

Ducting over the false ceiling area shall be supported from the ceiling slab or from beams. In
no event, the ducting shall be supported from false ceiling hangers, cable trays / racks, pipe
supports or be permitted to rest on the false ceiling. The tenderer shall take suitable
precaution while designing the duct route so that the duct routing does not foul with beams
/columns and of other equipments.

All the ducts shall be rigid and shall be adequately supported and braced wherever required
with Tees, angles or adequate size to prevent buckling vibration or breathing. The contractor
should mention the total quantity of various sizes ducting sheet along with each floor drawing
of duct layout.

2.12 Insulation

Duct work shall be insulated as per specification given under insulation.

2.13 Testing

After completion of ducting, the entire system shall be tested for air leakages. The maximum
allowable air leakage shall be 10%. On commissioning of the plant, the entire air distribution
system shall be balanced to supply the required air quantities to various regions and rooms to
maintain the specified inside conditions. The readings of air quantities after final balancing of
the system through each diffuser or grill shall be recorded and submitted to the Engineer-in-
Charge.

3.0 FACTORY FABRICATED DUCTS AS PER “SMACNA” STANDARDS

3.1 Scope

The scope of this section comprises supply fabrication, installation and testing of all sheet
metal / aluminum ducts, supply, installation, testing and balancing of all grilles, registers and
diffusers. All to be in accordance with these specifications and the general arrangement
shown on the Drawings.

3.2 Raw Materials

Galvanizing shall be Class VII – light coating of zinc, nominal 180gm/sq.m surface area and Lock
Forming Quality prime material along with mill test certificates. In addition, if deemed
necessary, samples of raw material, selected at random by owner’s site representative shall be
subject to approval and tested for thickness and zinc coating at contractor's expense.

3.3 Gauges, Bracing By Size Of Ducts

All ducts shall be fabricated from galvanized steel / aluminum of the following thickness, as
indicated as below :
For Ducts with external SP upto 250 Pa (25mmWg)

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-78

Rectangular Pressure 250 Pa


Duct Section Length 1.2 m (4 ft)
Maximum Duct Gauge Joint Type Bracing
Size Spacing
1–750 mm 26 C & SS Nil
751 – 1000 mm 26 4 Bolt Transverse Duct Connector- Nil
E (TDC) with built in sealant
1001 – 1200 mm 24 4 Bolt TDC –E Nil
1201 – 1500 mm 24 4 Bolt TDC-H Nil
1501 – 1800 mm 22 4 Bolt TDC-H Nil
1801 – 2100 mm 20 4 Bolt TDC-J Zeebar
stiffener 1-S
2101 – 2700 mm 18 4 Bolt TDC-J Zeebar
stiffener 1-S

'C'-cleat; 'S'-S cleat; 'SS'-Standing S cleat; 'AI' -Angle Iron in mm


*Distance of reinforcement/bracing from each joint. Bracing material to be same as of material
used for joining of duct sections.

For Round Ducts

Duct Upto 50 mm Wg static 51 – 250 mm Wg Upto 50 mm Wg static


diameter mm pressure (+ve) static pressure (+ve) pressure (-ve)
Spiral Longitudinal Spiral Longitudinal Spiral Longitudinal
seam seam gauge seam seam gauge seam seam gauge
gauge gauge gauge
22
Upto 650 26 24 24 22 24
20
651-900 24 22 22 20 22
18
901 – 1250 22 20 20 20 20
16
1251 – 1500 20 18 18 18 18
14
1501 – 2100 18 16 18 16 16

3.4 Fabrication Standards & Equipment

All duct construction and installation shall be in accordance with SMACNA standards. In
addition ducts shall be factory fabricated utilizing the following machines to provide the
requisite quality of ducts.

1) Coil (Sheet metal in Roll Form) lines to facilitate location of longitudinal seams at
corners/folded edges only, for required duct rigidity and leakage free characteristics. No
longitudinal seams permitted along any face side of the duct.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-79

2) All ducts, transformation pieces and fittings to be made on CNC profile cutter for requisite
accuracy of dimensions, location and dimensions of notches at the folding lines.

3) All edges to be machine treated using lockformers, flangers and rollers for turning up edges.

3.5 Duct Construction

All ducts shall be fabricated and installed in workmanlike manner, conforming to relevant
SMACNA codes.

a) Ducts so identified on the Drawings shall be acoustically lined and insulated from outside
as described in the section “Insulation” and as indicated in schedule of Quantities. Duct
dimensions shown on drawings, are overall sheet metal dimensions inclusive of the
acoustic lining where required and indicated in Schedule of quantities. The fabricated
duct dimensions should be as per approved drawings and care should be taken to ensure
that all connecting sections are dimensionally matched to avoid any gaps.

b) Ducts shall be straight and smooth on the inside with longitudinal seams shall be airtight
and at corners only which shall be either Pittsburgh or snap button as per SMACNA
practice, to ensure airtightness.

c) All ducts up to 75cms width within conditioned spaces shall have slip and drive (C & S/SS)
joints. The internal ends of slip joints shall be in the direction of airflow. Care should be
taken to ensure that S/SS Cleats are mounted on the longer side of the duct and Cleats on
the shorter side. Ducts and accessories within ceiling spaces, visible from air-conditioned
areas shall be provided with two coats of mat black finish paint.

d) Changes in dimensions and shape of ducts shall be gradual (between 1:4 and 1:7). Air-
turns (vanes) shall be installed in all bends and duct collars designed to permit the air to
make the turn without appreciable turbulence.

e) Ducts shall be fabricated as per details shown on Drawings. All ducts shall be rigid and
shall be adequately supported and braced where required with standing seams, tees, or
angles, of ample size to keep the ducts true to shape and to prevent buckling, vibration or
breathing.

f) All sheet metal connection, partitions and plenums, required to confine the flow of air to
and through the filters and fans, shall be constructed of 18 gauge GSS / 16gauge
aluminum, thoroughly stiffened with 25mm x 25mm x 3mm galvanized steel angle braces
and fitted with all necessary inspection doors as required, to give access to all parts of the
apparatus. Access doors shall be not less than 45cm x 45cm in size.

g) Plenums shall be shop/factory fabricated panel type and assembled at site. Fixing of
galvanized angle flanges on duct pieces shall be with rivets heads inside i.e. towards GS
sheet and riveting shall be done from outside.

h) Self adhesive Neoprene rubber / UV resistant PVC foam lining 5mm nominal thickness
instead of felt, shall be used between duct flanges and between duct supports in all
ducting installation.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-80

3.6 Installation Practice

All ducts shall be installed generally as per tender drawings, and in strict accordance with
approved shop drawings to be prepared by the Contractor:

a) The Contractor shall provide and neatly erect all sheet metal work as may be required to
carry out the intent of these Specifications and Drawings. The work shall meet with the
approval of Owner’s site representative in all its parts and details

b) All necessary allowances and provisions shall be made by the Contractor for beams, pipes,
or other obstructions in the building, whether or not the same are shown on the drawings.
Where necessary to avoid beams or other structural work, plumbing or other pipes, and
conduits, the ducts shall be transformed, divided or curved to one side (the required area
being maintained) all as per the site requirements.

c) If a duct cannot be run as shown on the drawings, the contractor shall install the duct
between the required points by any path available in accordance with other services and as
per approval of owner’s site representative.

d) All ductwork shall be independently supported from building construction. All horizontal
ducts shall be rigidly and securely supported, in an approved manner, with trapeze hangers
formed of galvanized steel rods and galvanized steel angle/channel or a pair of brackets,
connected by galvanized steel rod under ducts. The spacing between supports should be
not greater than 2.0 meter. All vertical ductwork shall be supported by structural members
on each floor slab. Duct supports may be through galvanized steel insert plates left in slab
at the time of slab casting. Galvanized steel cleat with a hole for passing the hanger rods
shall be welded to the plates. Trapeze hanger formed of galvanized steel rods shall be hung
through these cleats. Wherever use of metal insert plates is not feasible, duct support shall
be through dash/anchor fastener driven into the concrete slab by electrically operated gun.
Hanger rods shall then hang through the cleats or fully threaded galvanized rods can be
screwed into the anchor fasteners.

e) Ducting over furred ceiling shall be supported from the slab above, or from beams after
obtaining approval of Owner’s site representative. In no case shall any duct be supported
from false ceiling hangers or be permitted to rest on false ceiling. All metal work in dead or
furred down spaces shall be erected in time to occasion no delay to other contractor’s work
in the building.

f) Where ducts pass through brick or masonry openings, it shall be provided with 25mm thick
TF quality expanded polystyrene around the duct and totally covered with fire barrier
mortar for complete sealing.

g) All ducts shall be totally free from vibration under all conditions of operation. Whenever
ductwork is connected to fans, air handling units or blower coil units that may cause
vibration in the ducts, ducts shall be provided with a flexible connection, located at the unit
discharge. Flexible connections shall be constructed of fire retarding flexible heavy canvas
sleeve at least 10cm long securely bonded and bolted on both sides. Sleeve shall be made
smooth and the connecting ductwork rigidly held by independent supports on both sides of
the flexible connection. The flexible connection shall be suitable for pressure at the point of
installation.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-81

h) Duct shall not rest on false ceiling and shall be in level from bottom. Taper pieces shall
taper from top.

4.0 DAMPERS:

All dampers shall be of Galvanised iron construction with louver dampers of robust
construction and tightly fitted. The design, method of handling, and control shall be suitable for
the location and service required.

The damper shall be of opposed blade type. The sheet thickness of blade shall be 0.8 mm and
of the frame shall be 1.0 mm.

Dampers shall be provided with suitable links, levers and quadrants as required for their proper
operation; control or setting devices shall be made robust, easily operable and accessible
through suitable access doors in the ducts. Every damper shall have an indicating device clearly
showing the damper position at all times.

Dampers shall be placed in ducts and at every branch of supply air duct connections, whether
or not indicated on the drawings, for the proper volume control and balancing of the system.

All the dampers at grille collars shall be of extruded aluminium construction with louver
dampers of robust construction and tightly fitted

5.0 SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSERS:

Diffusers shall be of approved make and of Aluminium construction, square / rectangular in


shape with flush fixed pattern or adjustable flow pattern. Diffusers for different spaces shall be
selected in consultation with the Engineer-in-charge.

All supply air diffusers shall be equipped with removable key-operated volume control
dampers. Anti-smudge ring may be required in specific applications. The outer shell and
diffusing assembly shall be made out of powder coated drawn aluminium section respectively.

Jet Diffusers: The jet diffusers shall be made out of drawn sections of aluminium. The diffuser
shall have the air control arrangement and the adjustable angle for throw. The diffuser shall be
complete with mounting ring, air tight gaskets and fixing arrangement. The jet diffuser shall
generally be of circular shape.

6.0 OUTSIDE AIR LOUVERS:


Exhaust/Fresh air louvers of 80 mm thick high performance (55% free area) drainable fixed
louver type powder coated Aluminium frame and blades. Mullions to be sliding interlock type
with integral internal drain. Jamb and mullion drains to be open on front face in order to direct
water away from inside of louver. Blades to be one piece extrusions with gutters design to
catch and direct water to jumb and mullion drains. Fastners to be aluminium. Louvers to have
framed 13 mm mesh removable mill finish aluminium bird screens.

7.0 TESTING AND BALANCING:

After completion of the installation of the complete air distribution system, all ducts shall be
tested for air leaks. Before painting the interiors, air distribution system shall be allowed to run

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-82

continuously for 48 hours for driving away any dust or foreign material lodged within ducts
during installation.

The entire air distribution system shall be balanced using approved anemometer. Air quantities
at the fan discharge and at various outlets shall be identical to, or less than 5 percent in excess
of, those specified and quoted. Leakage in each air distribution system shall be within 3
percent so that supply air volume at each fan shall be identical to, or no greater than 3 percent
in excess of, the total air quantity measured at all supply outlets served by the fan. Branch duct
adjustments shall be made by volume or splitter dampers. Dampers shall be permanently
marked after air balance is complete so that these can be restored to their correct position if
disturbed at any time. Complete air balance report shall be submitted to the Engineer.-in-
charge for scrutiny and approval, and six copies of the approved report shall be provided with
completion documents.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-83

R) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF FIRE DAMPERS:

This section deals with supply, erection, testing and commissioning of electrically operated
fire dampers and box type dampers, conforming to general specification and suitable for duty
selected, indicated in schedule of equipment/material.

1.0 DAMPERS:

a) The fire dampers of at least one and a half hour rating shall be provided in all return air
ducts at AHU room wall crossing.

b) The fire dampers shall be fabricated out of 1.6 mm galvanized sheet steel. These
dampers shall be multi leaf type. The damper blades shall be provided on both ends
using chrome plated spindles in self lubricating bushes. The damper shall have spring
type motorized actuators, control panels and temperature sensors. Stop seals shall be
provided on top and bottom of the damper housing made of 16G GSS. For preventing
smoke leakage side seals shall be provided.

c) In the normal position the blades of the dampers shall remain open to allow maximum air
to flow. The dampers shall be actuated using electrical means to block the air. This motor
shall also be operated from the signals received from the fire control panel in case of any
fire. Also an electrical inter connection is provided such that the AHU motor is tripped
immediately a signal is received from Fire Alarm System for closing the damper.

d) All fire dampers shall be mounted in fire rated wall with a duct sleeve 400mm/500mm
long depending on the wall thickness. The sleeve shall be factory fitted on the fire
damper. The joint at the sleeve end shall be slip on type. Minimum thickness of GI sheet
used for sleeves shall be 18G.

2.0 HINGED ACCESS DOORS

In all fire dampers, coil, heaters, plenums or any other equipment requiring regular servicing
and inspection shall be provided with hinged access doors or suitable size complete with air
tight gaskets. In case of insulated ducts or plenums, the access door shall be insulated. All
hinges, tower bolts, etc. shall be of anodized aluminum only.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-84

S) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF INSULATION:

1.0 SCOPE

The scope of this section comprises the supply and application of insulation conforming to
these specifications.

2.0 MATERIAL

Thermal insulation material for Duct & Pipe insulation shall be closed cell Elastomeric Nitrile
Rubber . The duct insulation shall have self adhesive backing with a peal-off cover for easy
installation at site. Thermal conductivity of the insulation material shall not exceed 0.038
W/moK or 0.212 BTU / (Hr-ft2-oF/inch) at an average temperature of 30oC. Density of the
nitrile rubber shall be 40-60 Kg/m3. The product shall have temperature range of –40 oC to
105oC. The insulation material shall be fire rated for Class 0 as per BS 476 Part 6 : 1989 for fire
propagation test and for Class 1 as per BS 476 Part 7, 1987 for surface spread of flame test.
Water vapour permeability shall be not less than 0.024 per inch (2.48 x 10-14 Kg/m.s.Pa i.e.
µ>7000: Water vapour diffusion resistance).

Thickness of the insulation shall be as specified for the individual application. Each lot of
insulation material delivered at site shall be accompanied with manufacturer’s test certificate
for thermal conductivity values, density, water vapour permeability and fire properties.
Samples of insulation material from each lot delivered at site may be selected by Owner’s site
representative and gotten tested for thermal conductivity and density at Contractor’s cost.
Adhesive used for sealing the insulation shall be non-flammable, vapour proof adhensive strictly
as per manufacturer’s recommendations.
.
3.0 DUCT ACOUSTIC LINING

Material shall be resin bonded fibre glass, 32 KG/cu. M density. Thickness of the material shall
be as specified for the individual application.

Ducts so identified and marked on drawings and included in Schedule of Quantities shall be
provided with acoustic lining of thermal insulation material for a distance of minimum 5 meters
as follows:

The inside surface for the ducts shall be cleaned, and provided with 24 gauge GI Channels 25 x
25 mm screwed back to back and fixed on the inside of duct, spaced not more than 60 cm
center to form a frame work of 60 x 60 cms square. Cut panels 60 x 60 cms of fiber 25 mm thick
shall be fitted in the squares. The insulation panels shall be fired to the sheet metal with cold
setting adhesive compound and covered with fibre glass tissue paper.

The inner most surface shall be covered with 26 gage perforated aluminium sheet having
atleast 15 percent perforations. The aluminium sheet shall be screwed to GI channels using cup
washer and neatly finished to give true inside surface.

4.0 DUCT INSULATION

 With Nitrile Ruber external thermal insulation shall be provided as follows :


The thickness of closed cell shall be as shown on drawing or identified in the schedule of
quantity. Following procedure shall be adhered to:

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-85

Duct surfaces shall be cleaned to remove all grease, oil, dirt, etc. prior to carrying out
insulation work. Measurement of surface dimensions shall be taken properly to cut closed
cell elastomeric rubber sheets to size with sufficient allowance in dimension.

Material shall be fitted under compression and no stretching of material shall be permitted.
A thin film of adhesive shall be applied on the back of the insulating material sheet and then
on to the metal surface. When adhesive is tack dry, insulating material sheet shall be placed
in position and pressed firmly to achieve a good bond. All longitudinal and transverse joints
shall be sealed as per manufacturer recommendations. The adhesive shall be strictly as
recommended by the manufacturer.

 With fibre glass external thermal insulation shall be provided as follows :

Duct surfaces shall be cleaned, adhesive shall be applied on all sides and 25/50 mm thick
resin bonded fiberglass, 32 KG/cu. M density insulation panels shall be wrapped before
adhesive dries out. All longitudinal and transverse joints shall be sealed by covering with
fiberglass tissue paper overlapped y minimum 100 mm to cover all joints. PVC straps at 400
mm centre shall be used to hold insulation in position. Cladding shall be provided with 28
gauge GI sheet cladding.

All longitudinal and transverse joints in outer cladding shall have minimum overlap of 50
mm duly beaded and grooved and shall be sealed with elastomeric metal sealant 95-44 of
Benjamin Foster USA or equivalent. Self tapping screws/pop rivets spots shall be sealed
with above sealant. The cladding shall be done in a neat & clean manner to give true
surface.

5.0 PIPING INSULATION

All chilled water, refrigerant, and condensate drain piping shall be insulated in the manner
specified herein. Before applying insulation, all pipe work and fittings shall be brushed and
cleaned, and dust, dirt, mortar and oil removed. All MS pipes shall be provided with a coat of
zinc chromate primer, followed by two coats of cold setting adhesive compound. Thermal
insulation shall then be applied as follows :
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pipe size (mm) Thickness for expanded
Polystyrene (TFQuality)mm (24 Kg/m3)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 to 40 25
50 to 150 50
Above 150 75
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Premoulded pipe sections shall be placed over the pipes, the longitudinal and transversal joints
of these pipe sections shall be sealed with the adhesive compound. The insulation shall be
continuous over the entire run of piping, fittings and valves.

Insulation shall be applied only after the piping system has been satisfactorily tested for leaks at
2.5 times the working pressure or at minimum 10 kg/sq.cm. test pressure. All insulated pipes
shall be covered with two layers of 400 gage polythene sheet to act as vapour barrier. PVC
straps at 400 mm centre shall be used to hold insulation and vapour barrier together. Insulation
shall be covered with 26 gauge aluminium sheet cladding as per Schedule of Quantities and

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-86

finished in neat and clean manner so as to achieve true surface. All longitudinal and transverse
joints in the outer cladding shall have a minimum overlap of 50 mm duly beaded and grooved
and shall be sealed with elastomeric metal sealant 95-44 of Benjamin Foster USA, or equivalent.
Use of screws for fastening may puncture vapour barrier hence GI bands 0.50mm thick x 25 mm
wide shall be provided at every 500 mm to retain cladding in position. Adhesive component
once opened shall be used immediately and no leftovers shall be permitted to be used
following day.

All insulation work shall be carried out by skilled workmen specially trained in this kind of work.
All insulated clad pipes shall be labeled (S, R or RR) and provided with 300 mm wide band of
paint along the circumference at every 1200 mm distance for color coding. Direction of fluid
shall also be marked. Un-insulated M S pipes shall be painted throughout and direction of fluid
marked. All painting shall be as per relevant BIS codes.

6.0 PUMP INSULATION

Chilled water pump shall be insulated to the same thickness as the pipe to which they are
connected and application shall be same as above. Care shall be taken to apply insulation in a
manner as to allow the dismantling of pumps without damaging the insulation.

7.0 SHELL INSULATION

The chiller shells shall be factory insulated in accordance with the manufacturer’s standards.

8.0 ACOUSTIC LINING OF AHU ROOMS AND SUPPLY AIR DUCT & PLENUM

Two walls and ceiling of air conditioning plant room and air handling unit rooms may be
provided with acoustic lining of resin bonded fibreglass wool as per Schedule of Quantities and
as shown on the Drawings. The surface shall be cleaned and frame work of 24 gage GI
fabricated Channels 25 mm x 50 mm screwed back to back at 60 cm centres shall be provided
vertically and horizontally so that 60 x 60 cm squares are formed. The gaps between frames
shall be filled with 50 mm thick about 60 cm x 60 cm cut panels of resin bonded fibreglass slabs.
The entire surface shall then be covered with fibreglass tissue and 26 gage perforated
aluminium sheet, 60 cm or 120 cm wide having atleast 15 percent perforations, fixed with sheet
metal screws. Over-lapping of sheets shall be covered with Aluminium beading. Acoustic lining
of walls shall be terminated approximately 15 cm above the finished floor to prevent damage to
insulation due to accidental water-logging in plant/AHU rooms.

9.0 Method of Application

a) Clean RCC slab and make it free from dust and other laitance matter.

b) Lay cement based water proofing on roof with a minimum slope of 1:80 and average
thickness of 18 mm using brickbats of appropriate size and shape suitable to achieve the
required slope laid over 15 mm thick waterproof c3ement mortar 1:4 and finished with 20
mm thick waterproof plaster wing cement mortar 1:4 and making false squares of 300
mm size including rounding off the junction of roof and parapet walls for a height of 300
mm with brickbats and 20 mm thick waterproof plaster and conducting necessary leakage
/ dampers tests, etc.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-87

c) Lay 65 mm thick extruded polystyrene boards over prepared surface fixing with adhesive.
Adhesive shall be strictly as per recommendations from manufacturer.

d) Lay 80 gsm geotextile fabric over insulation board

e) Lay 40 x 40 x 4 cm precast paver blocks.

Note :
If contractor is awarded work of waterproofing + overdeck insulation, follow all steps from (a) to
(e).
if contractor is awarded work of only overdeck insulation follow step (c) and (d). Rest will be
done by Civil Contractor).

10.0 UNDERDECK INSULATION

Underdeck insulation shall be 50mm thick TF Quality expanded polystyrene (32 Kg/m3) or
30mm thick phenotherm. Underdeck surface of ceiling shall be cleaned and made dirt free.
Insulation panels shall be pasted on this surface with black CPRX compound. 28g wire net
shall be tightened around insulation so as to avoid any kind of sagging. Ends of net shall be
overlapping by at least 25mm. Overlaps shall be screwed with galvanised screws to avoid
rusting.

11.0 EQUIPMENTS:

All equipments such as AHUs, Fan coil units, water chiller equipments shall be suitably
insulated as required and as per manufacturer’s requirements. The cost of such insulation is
deemed to be included in the cost of equipments. The insulation shall be applied after
applying of necessary primer, factory applied insulation of chiller is also acceptable.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-88

T) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF FANS:

1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Fans shall be of the type, size, arrangement and capacity as indicated in the schedule and/or as
shown on the drawings.
1.2 Unless specified, fan performance rating data shall be tested accordance with AMCA Standard
210-85(Air Moving and Conditioning Association), ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 51-1985 “Laboratory
Methods of Testing Fans for Rating”. Sound ratings shall conform to AMCA Standard 300-85,
“Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans”.
1.3 A computer printout of fan performance rating corresponding to the AMCA licensed data, with
corrected ratings for altitude and temperature, fan operating speed, bearing life, etc. shall be
submitted for approval.
1.4 All fans shall be dynamically trim-balanced to ISO1940 and AMCA 204/3 - G2.5 quality grade
after assembly. A computer printout with the vibration spectrum analysis shall be attached to
the fans.
1.5 Fan motors shall comply in all respects with continuous rating in accordance with IEC34 or
equivalent. Motor bearings shall be of ball or roller type, grease or lubricant sealed for life. Fan
and drive shall be earthed to prevent accumulation of static charge.
1.6 Kitchen exhaust fan shall be of Bifurcated Axial or SISW Centrifugal direct or belt driven type.
DIDW Centrifugal and Direct Drive Axial Flow Fan where belts or motor are in the air stream are
not acceptable.
1.7 Fans shall be installed at staircase or lobby where fresh air intake is free from any obstruction
and shall be energized only by fire alarm system. Fan shall be of Axial Flow Fan or DIDW
Centrifugal Fan. Protective grille at the suction of the fan is required.
1.8 Fans for elevated temperature (Smoke Extraction Fans) with components rated for high
temperature (250C, 2Hrs) service, with belt drive assemblies exposed to the air stream are not
acceptable.
1.9 For Smoke Extraction Fans where motor is in the air stream with electrical/electronic
temperature limit switch for motor protecting shall not be used.
1.10 Fan should be of G.S.S. , the Steel sheet should be JFE Galvazinc (Base metal cold rolled),
JIS G3302, SGCC with Z22 (minimum coating weight on both sides @ 220 g/m2) zinc coating &
Zero Spangle, skinpassed, chromated and dry.
1.11 If fan is open to atmosphere, Fans shall be with Pure polyester powder coating for minimum
thickness of 60 microns.

2.0 AXIAL FLOW FANS (DIRECT DRIVE)


2.1 Fans shall be licensed to bear the AMCA Seal. The test standard used shall be ANSI/AMCA 210-
85, ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 51-1985 “Laboratory Method of Testing Fans for Rating” and AMCA
300 “Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of fans”.
2.2 To achieve the minimum and equal clearance between the blade tips and casing, tube casing
shall maintain its roundness by means of using one piece of sheet metal with 90 edge flanging
up.
2.3 Fan motor base support shall be properly secured (locked and sealed) to the fan housing and be
of adjustable type to have precise control of motor shaft central position as well as running

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-89

clearance between blade tips and casing. Motor (KW/HP) shall be able to be changed or
upgraded at site without changing fan housing or ducting construction.
2.4 Fans supplied shall be complete with factory fabricated mounting bracket (ceiling or foot
mounted) and suction/discharge matching flanges as accessories.
2.5 All hubs shall be cast Aluminum alloy (Grade LM2) unless for Smoke Extractor Fans where high
temperature (250C/2Hrs) air is expected then Aluminum alloy or steel fan impeller blades are
required. Otherwise impeller blade material with Polypropylene (PP), Glass-reinforced
Polypropylene (PPG) and Glass-reinforced Polyamid (PAG), to provide self-balancing, anti-static,
anti-sparking characteristic is preferable.
2.6 Running clearance between blade tips and casing shall not exceed 1% of the impeller diameter,
and 2% for smoke spill high temperature fan where mechanical expansion coefficient is
different from normal ambient temperature. Fan manufacturer shall provide the fan assembled
with the dame clearance between blade tips and casing of the tested prototype. Note that the
air performance and pressure loss are greatly affected by this clearance.
2.7 Impellers shall be secured to the drive shaft by a key and keyway. Axial location shall be
provided by a collar or shoulder on the drive shaft together with a retaining washer and screw
fitted into a tapped hole at the end of the shaft and locked in position. Blades shall be secured
in place to the angle setting by setscrews, locking nuts or setting pins.
2.8 Fan motor shall be totally enclosed and external terminal box of at least IP55 shall be provided.
2.9 Fan RPM shall be as per BOQ.
2.10 All fans after assembly shall be dynamically trim-balanced to ISO1940 and AMCA 204/3 - G2.5
quality grade. A computer printout with vibration spectrum analysis shall be attached to the
fans.
2.11 Fan should be of G.S.S. , the Steel sheet should be JFE Galvazinc (Base metal cold rolled),
JIS G3302, SGCC with Z22 (minimum coating weight on both sides @ 220 g/m2) zinc coating &
Zero Spangle, skinpassed, chromated and dry.

3.0 VANE AXIAL FLOW FANS (DIRECT DRIVE)


3.1 Fan shall be licensed to bear AMCA seal.
To achieve the minimum and equal clearance between the blade tips and casing, tube casing
shall maintain its roundness by means of using one piece of sheet metal with 90 edges flanging
up with Fixed Guide Vanes.
3.2 Fan Casing should be provided with Special Designed Integral Straightening Vanes to reduced
turbulence provide high performance & low noise level.
3.3 Fan motor base support shall be properly secured (locked and sealed) to the fan housing and be
of adjustable type to have precise control of motor shaft central position as well as running
clearance between blade tips and casing. Motor (KW/HP) shall be able to be changed or
upgraded at site without changing fan housing or ducting construction.
3.4 Fans supplied shall be complete with factory fabricated mounting bracket (ceiling or foot
mounted) and suction/discharge matching flanges as accessories.
3.5 All hubs shall be cast Aluminum alloy (Grade LM2) unless for Smoke Extractor Fans where high
temperature (250C/2Hrs) air is expected then Aluminum alloy or steel fan impeller blades are
required. Otherwise impeller blade material with Polypropylene (PP), Glass-reinforced

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-90

Polypropylene (PPG) and Glass-reinforced Polyamide (PAG), to provide self-balancing, anti-


static, anti-sparking characteristic is preferable.
3.6 Impellers shall be secured to the drive shaft by a key and keyway. Axial location shall be
provided by a collar or shoulder on the drive shaft together with a retaining washer and screw
fitted into a tapped hole at the end of the shaft and locked in position. Blades shall be secured
in place to the angle setting by setscrews, locking nuts or setting pins.
3.7 Fans shall not exceed 1500 RPM.
3.8 All fans after assembly shall be dynamically trim-balanced to ISO1940 and AMCA 204/3 - G2.5
quality grade. A computer printout with vibration spectrum analysis shall be attached to the
fans.
The Fan should be AMCA Certified for Air Performance.
3.9 Fan should be of G.S.S. , the Steel sheet should be JFE Galvazinc (Base metal cold rolled),
JIS G3302, SGCC with Z22 (minimum coating weight on both sides @ 220 g/m2) zinc coating &
Zero Spangle, skinpassed, chromated and dry.

4.0 SMOKE EXTRACTION FAN


4.1 Smoke and heat exhaust fans are required to be in compliance with the'BSEN12101-3:2002'.
This requires the fan to be subjected to a rated temperature of 250C for a rated duration of 120
minutes.
4.2 The Type test report is to be submitted by fan manufacturer & same clearly indicate the make
of motor used during the testing and the same make/model of motor should be supplied by the
fan manufacture at the site
4.3 The fan is required to satisfy the performance criteria specified in 'BSEN12101-3:2002'relating
to structural performance, electrical performance and aerodynamic performance throughout
the rated duration.
4.4 The testing certificate or test report shall be issued by Warrington Fire Research Centre Ltd in
U.K., PSB Singapore or approval equivalent test laboratory.
4.5 For two-stage counter-rotating Smoke Spill Fan for high-pressure
4.6 application, each impeller shall be driven by a separate motor within a separate casing.
4.7 Fan should be of G.S.S., the Steel sheet should be JFE Galvazinc (Base metal cold rolled),
JIS G3302, SGCC with Z22 (minimum coating weight on both sides @ 220 g/m2) zinc coating &
Zero Spangle, skinpassed, chromated and dry.

5.0 PROPELLER FAN


5.1 Fans shall be of the ring-mounted type and the blades constructed from heavy gauge metal. An
aerodynamically designed bell mouth constructed from heavy gauge metal shall be provided.
The fan speed shall not exceed 1400RPM at 50Hz operation.
5.2 Propeller fans shall be direct driven type, the motor either a single-phase capacitor start-run or
a three-phase squirrel cage induction type. The motor shall have inbuilt inherent protection
against overloading. Motor with shaded pole or centrifugal switch type is not acceptable.
5.3 Bearings shall be maintenance free permanently lubricated type. Fans shall be complete with
wire guards. External grilles, fan chambers and volume control damper shall be provided where
indicated in the specification drawings.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-91

6.0 CENTRIFUGAL FANS


6.1 Fans, Aerofoil, forward or backward curved, SISW or DIDW, shall be licensed to bear the AMCA
Air and Sound Certified Ratings Seal. The test standard used shall be ANSI/AMCA 210-85,
ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 51-1985 “Laboratory Method of Testing Fans for Rating” and AMCA 300
“Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of fans”.
6.2 All fans shall be dynamically trim-balanced to ISO1940 and AMCA 204/3 - G2.5 quality grade
after assembly. A computer printout with vibration spectrum analysis shall be attached to the
fans.
6.3 Fan should be of G.S.S. , the Steel sheet should be JFE Galvazinc (Base metal cold rolled),
JIS G3302, SGCC with Z22 (minimum coating weight on both sides @ 220 g/m2) zinc coating &
Zero Spangle, skinpassed, chromated and dry.
6.4 Fans housing shall be of an appropriate thickness to prevent vibration and drumming. The fan
scroll shall be attached to the side plate by means of continuous lock seam or intermittent spot
welding. The wheel and inlet cone shall be aerodynamically designed and constructed to
provide maximum performance and efficiency as published by the manufacturer.
6.5 Fans must be physically capable of operating safely at every point of rating at or below the
“minimum performance” limit for that class as defined in AMCA standard 99-2408-69
“Performance Class of Operating Limits for Centrifugal Fans”.
6.6 Shafts sizes shall be carefully calculated and designed such that the maximum operating speed
(RPM) shall not exceed 75% of the first critical speed. For any application that is not a standard
product from catalogue of the fan manufacturer detailed calculation of critical speed
characteristic shall be submitted for approval.
6.7 Shafts shall be made of carbon steel (C45) machined and polished to tolerance of standard ISO
286-2 - grade g6. Protective coat of anti-rusting shall be applied to all bare surfaces of the shafts
at the factory.
6.8 Bearings shall be of self-alignment (concentric) type with adaptor sleeve bearing. Bearings of
eccentric locking collar with grub screw type are not acceptable. Bearing shall be maintenance
free with permanently lubricated sealed ball bearing type. Bearing life shall be at least 75,000
hours based on basic rating life, L10 of ISO 281 standard. Calculation sheet of Bearing Life shall
be submitted for approval.
6.9 Motor installed shall be of a minimum 130% of the fan power absorbed (Brake horsepower) and
shall have sufficient torque available for starting and continuous operation.
6.10 Belts and pulleys shall be sized for a minimum 150% of the installed motor horsepower. The belt
speed shall not exceed 30m/s. The pulley shall be of Taper Lock SPZ, SPA, SPB or SPC type.
Conventional type of pulley is not acceptable. Both fan and motor pulley shall be balanced to
the quality grade G.2.5.
6.11 Fan outlet velocity shall not exceed 10% of the main duct air velocity designed (0.1” per 100 ft
or 1 Pascal per meter duct length). Pressure Loss is as referred to in SMACNA Standard, unless
otherwise specified.
6.12 Computer printout on fan performance rating corresponding to the AMCA licensed data, with
corrected rating for altitude and temperature, fan operating speed, bearing life, etc. shall be
submitted for approval.
6.13 For Air washer Application, fans should have to coat of Pure polyester powder coating. Fans
should have Inspection door & Drain plug.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-92

7.0 IN-LINE CENTRIFUGAL DUCT FAN


7.1 Fan shall be of SISW / DIDW, forward or backward curved centrifugal, direct driven type.
7.2 Casing shall be of Galvanized steel with Oven-baked Pure polyester powder coating. Impeller
material shall be either Galvanized Steel or Glass Reinforced Polypropylene.
7.4 Motor shall be external power supply 220~240V/50Hz/Single Phase.
7.5 Fan should be of G.S.S. , the Steel sheet should be JFE Galvazinc (Base metal cold rolled),
JIS G3302, SGCC with Z22 (minimum coating weight on both sides @ 220 g/m2) zinc coating &
Zero Spangle, skinpassed, chromated and dry.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-93

U) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF AIR WASHER:

1.0 SCOPE

The scope of this section comprises the supply, erection, testing and commissioning of air
washer conforming to these specifications and in accordance with the requirement of drawings
and schedule of quantities.

2.0 TYPE

The air washers shall be fill type or spray type as indicated on drawings and identified in
Schedule of Quantities.

3.0 CAPACITY

The capacity of air washer shall be as shown on drawings and Schedule of Quantities.

4.0 FILL TYPE AIR WASHER

The air washer shall be draw through type with minimum 90% saturation efficiency with
imported cellulose paper pads. The air washer shall be selected & designed for lowering inside
temperature by 5 – 10 OC dependent on ambient conditions.

5.0 HOUSING

Double skinned panels shall be 23 mm thick made of galvanized steel, pressure injected with
foam insulation (density 40 Kg / m3) with K factor not exceeding 0.02 watt / Mc shall be fixed to
1.5 mm thick aluminium alloy twin box section structural framework with stainless steel screws.
Outer sheet of panels shall be made of galvanized preplasticised sheet of 0.8 mm thick, and
inner sheet of 0.8mm thick plain GI sheet.

The entire framework shall be mounted on an aluminium alloy or galvanized steel (depending
on size) channel base as per manufacturer’s recommendation. The panels shall be sealed to the
frame work by heavy duty ‘O’ rings gaskets held captive in the framed extrusion. All panels shall
be detachable or hinged. Hinges shall be made of die cast aluminium with stainlees steel pivots,
handles shall be made of hard nylon and be operational from both inside and outside of the
unit. Units supplied with various sections shall be suitable for on site assembly with continuous
foam gasket. All fixing and gaskets shall be concealed.

Units shall have hinged, quick opening access door in the fan section and also in filter section
where filters are not accessible from outside. Access doors shall be double skin type.

Recirculation tank hall be fabricated from 18 gage stainless steel sheet with all corners welded.
The tank shall be complete with double brass strainers, makes-up connection with float, drain
and overflow connections.

6.0 FAN

The blower section shall be constructed out of 16 G GI sheet in folded construction and shall
include Centrifugal Forward Curved DIDW fan wheel of totally GI Construction with Inlet Cones
and shall be 5complete with individual motor and drive and shall be mounted on C Channel
frame and Cushy Foot or Spring Mounts. Each Air-washer system shall comprise of one / two

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-94

nos. fans to handle air quantities as stipulated in BOQ. Each fan shall be driven by suitable HP
TEFC motor. The fan wheel will be of the multiblade type and mounted on two self-aligning
pillow block bearings of the requisite size. The fan shall be run with the help of “V” Groove
drives as per the recommendation the drive supplier. The blower housing will of the Pittsburgh
joint construction and the drive will be provided by a motor of adequate capacity. The motor
plate will be constructed out of 12 G MS or heavier metal with slotted holes, which permit belt
adjustment in both the directions.

7.0 FILL

Fill shall be of imported cellulose paper pads and of cross fluted configuration assembled in
selfsupporting pads in a light weight construction. The pads shall be able to redistribute the
water and shall be impregnated with insoluble antirot salts, rigidifying saturants and wetting
agents with built in eliminators. The velocity across the fill shall not exceed 350 fpm (1.8 m/s)
and shall not allow carry over of water. Minimum thickness of fill shall be 200 mm and
minimum efficiency of pads 90%.

8.0 WATER DISTRIBUTOR

A FRP distributor shall evenly distribute water on the fill.

9.0 FILTERS

Filters section shall incorporate synthetic washable filtes of at least 50 mm thickness in suitable
aluminium frame. Velocity of air across the filters shall not exceed 500 FPM.

10.0 ELIMINATOR

Eliminator plates shall be four bend made from 24 gauge galvanized sheet steel or PVC.

11.0 INTERCONNECTING PIPES

Air washer shall be complete with interconnecting GI piping from pumps to air washer, valves,
gauges, fittings, strainers etc.

12.0 PUMPS

Specification for recirculation pumps shall be as listed in earlier section of the tender.

13.0 PAINTING

Shop coats of paint that have become marred during shipment or erection shall be cleaned off
with mineral spirits, wire brushed and spot primed over the affected areas, than coated with
paint to match the finish over the adjoining shop painted surface.

14.0 TESTING

Efficiency of air washer shall be computed from the measurements of air flow and dry and wet
bulb temperature of air entering and leaving the air washer and ambient temperatures.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-95

V) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF SCRUBBER:

1.0 GENERAL:
The kitchen Scrubber will be self-contained and will consist of the following component parts
listed in the following paragraph. The entire unit shall be WEATHERPROOFED and CORROSION
PROTECTED as herein after specified. The unit shall be factory fabricated and will include.

2.0 BLOWER SECTION:


The blower section shall be constructed out of 16G GI sheet in folded construction and shall
include Centrifugal forward curved DIDW fan wheel of totally GI construction with inlet cones
and shall be complete with individual motor and drive and shall be mounted C Channel frame
and Cushy Foot or Spring Mounts. The fan shall have a capacity not less than the one specified
in the catalogues and shall be constructed and rated based on delivery against the rated static
pressure with the media and filters in place. The fan will be of riveted construction and made
with GI sheet of required thickness. The fan wheel will be of the multiblade type and mounted
on two self-aligning pillow block bearings of the requisite size. The fan shall be run with the help
of '‘'’groove drives as per the recommendation of the drive supplier. The blower housing will of
the Pittsburg joint construction and the drive will be provided by a motor of adequate capacity.
The motor plate will be constructed out of 12G MS or heavier metal with slotted holes, which
permit belt adjustment in both the direction. The outlet velocity of the blowers will be kept low.

3.0 EVAPORATIVE/SCRUBBER SECTION:


The wet section will have 16G GI tank and body with folded construction with the bolted
openable sides also in 18G SS sheet/FRP. The wet section will contain 50 mm thick rigid media
to act as the first stage of scrubber to be sprayed by water through WIDE ANGLE NOZZLES to
wet, scrub and clean the media installed at the inlet. These nozzles will be provided on a pipe
grid such that the total face of the first bank of rigid media is kept fully wet and also gets
pressure cleaning.

The wet section will have a also have another subsequent layer of 150 mm thick RIGID MEDIA
which will act as the cleaning media for the smoke and smell, these media banks will be
designed @ 2.5 m/s to give 90% adiabatic efficiency. For the second bank 2 mm thick FRP
specially fabricated header will be provided for the water distribution using perforated PVC
piping 15 mm brass bleed off cock alongwith 20 mm heavy duty brass float. PVC drain/overflow
and bleed off outlet are to be provided on all wet sections.

4.0 FILTER SECTION:


All wet sections will include 5 layer 30 micron aluminium wiremesh filters of 50 mm thickness
including the mounting channels in SS 304 16G GI for ease of removal and renewal of filter cells.
The filters to be designed at 2.5 m/s to give 90% efficiency down to 30 microns.

5.0 PUMPS
The unit will have a horizontal single phase 220 Volts + 6% 50 c/s single phase power supply
monoblock self priming pump assembly to provide recirculated tank water and a pressurized
flow via a piping system for proper pad and media water distribution. The pump capacity will be
such that it can take care of the bank of nozzles provided for cleaning the first bank and also
feed water to wet the second bank.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-96

W) PAINTING WORK:

All equipment shall be painted as specified under respective headings. Grilles/ diffusers shall be
powder coated as per approved colour matching with interiors. The contractor has to get
approval of the quality and colour of paints for all types of painting work.
All pipes for chilled water shall be painted as per standard code of practice and arrows
indicating direction of flow of water shall be marked.

Colour scheme for the plant and equipment


i. Colour scheme for equipment like chilling unit, pumps, AHUs etc shall be as per
manufacturer's standard colour scheme,
ii. The scheme of colour code painting of pipe work services for air conditioning installation
shall be as per National building code and is indicated below:

Lettering
Description Ground colour First colour band
colour
Chilled water piping Sea Green Black Black
Central heating piping Sea Green Black Canary Yeliow
Below 60 deg C
Central heating piping 60 Sea Green Black Dark Violet
deg C to 100 deg C
Drain pipe Black White
Vents White Black
Valves and pipe line fittingsWhite with black Black
handles
Belt guard Black & Yellow
diagonal strips
Machine Bases, Inertia Bases Charcoal
and Plinth Grey
Steel Support Black
Pump sets Battle Ship
Direction of flow of water White
Electrical Panel/Sub Panel/ Light grey or
Remore Control Console any
Cable Trays & Duct Support Black

iii. Colour bands shall be 150mm wide, superimposed on ground colour to distinguish type
and condition of fluids. The spacing of band shall not exceed 4.0m.

In addition to the colour bands specified above all pipe work shall be legibly marked with black
or white letters to indicate the type of service and the direction of flow identified as follows:-

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-97

X) MODE OF MEASUREMENT:

The following measurement code shall apply to this contract:-

i. Ducting

All sheet metal ducting work shall be measured in terms of final sheet area installed in Sq. m.
Eg:- Measurement of 600 mm x 300 mm duct of 1 m length = [(600+300)x2x1] = 1.80 Sq.m.

Duct fittings such as bends, elbows, tap-offs, collars, transformation pieces etc. shall be treated
as ordinary duct pieces with their length measured along their centre line as mentioned in point
(i).

Vanes, splitters, duct dampers, deflectors, access doors, etc. which are required to be installed
in the duct work shall not be measured separately as it shall form part of the duct work.

Duct supports, stiffening members, etc. shall not be measured separately. All such
supports/hangers shall form part of duct work.

Equipment connections such as canvas/asbestos/rexine shall be deemed to be part of the duct


work, and no separate measurement shall be allowed.
No separate special measurement shall be made for bends, transformation pieces, tap offset,
elbows, etc.

Fire dampers - shall be measured by their cross sectional area perpendicular to the direction of
air flow. Quoted rates shall include the necessary collars and flanges for mounting, inspection
pieces with access door, electrical actuators and panel. No special allowance shall be payable
for extension of cross section outside the air stream.

Control panel for Fire/Smoke dampers shall be measured by numbers which shall include FRLS
cable for interconnection of control panel, actuator & AHU panel. No additional payment on
account of FRLS cable shall be made.

ii. Grilles:

All grills will be measured in terms of effective area in Sq.m.

iii. Diffusers:

Diffusers will be measured in terms of effective area in Sq.m.

iv. Ducting Insulation

Ducting insulation will be measured on the basis of centerline of insulation and not the outer
line of insulation.

i) Eg:- Measurement of 25mm thick insulation on 600 mmx300mm duct of 1m length =


[(600+25)+(300+25)]x2x1] =1.9 Sq.m

a) No separate special measurement shall be made for insulation of bends, transformation


pieces, tap offs, elbows, etc. All such insulation shall be treated as standard duct insulation.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-98

b) Insulation item shall include all accessories and finishes as specified. No separate
measurement will be made for such items.

v. Piping with/without insulation

a) Piping with insulation shall be measured in running length (meters) for each size of pipe.
ii) The length of piping including accessories and fittings shall be measured along the center
line of piping.
iii) No separate measurement of flanges, bends, elbows, reducer, expanders, tees, cross pipe
supports, hangers, anchors, sockets for thermometer, pressure gauge, etc. shall be made.
All such fittings / accessories shall be treated as normal piping.
d) All accessories and finishes connected with insulation work shall be deemed to form part
of insulation, and no separate measurement shall be made for such items.

vi. Pipe fitting, valves, etc.

i) No separate measurement of insulation shall be made for valves, fittings such as bends,
elbows, reducers, expanders, tees, crosses, flanges, etc. All such insulation shall be linear
in metres measured along the center line of piping.
1. All accessories and finishes connected with insulation work shall be deemed to form part
of insulation, and no separate measurement will be made for such items.
2. No separate measurement of insulation on valves will be made.

vii. Equipment Insulation:

No separate measurement for insulation of any equipment shall be made. Insulation of


equipment shall be deemed to form part of the equipment. Insulation on equipment shall be
done as per spec. provided.

viii. Mode of Measurement of Electrical Items

The Works shall be measured, as prescribed in the specification of work, notwithstanding any
general or local custom, except where otherwise specifically described or prescribed in the
Contract. Wherever not specifically mentioned in the Contract, the mode of measurement as
prescribed in the relevant IS codes shall be applicable and binding to the Contract. Only the
latest editions of all the codes of practices including all latest official amendments and
revisions shall be applicable.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-99

Y) INCLUDED ITEMS OF WORK:

The following items are under the scope of work of the Contractor without any
extra cost. IIT will not reimburse any amount, fee, payments, etc. in connection
with the same to the contractor.

1. Foundations
Installation of all equipment including construction of machinery
foundations, positioning of foundation bolts, grouting, etc.. The
contractor has to furnish detailed specifications of foundations and
drawings and the same has to be got approved before proceeding for
foundation erection work. Foundation shall be of RCC 1:1 1/2:3 grade.

2. Approvals
To obtain necessary statutory approvals from all Govt. local bodies,
agencies, etc., if required. The fee and incidental charges for the same
shall be borne by the contractor. No such payments will be reimbursed by
IIT.
3. Painting
All exposed metal work furnished under these specifications, except as
otherwise specified shall be painted after installation. Painting shall be
with 2 or more coats of Synthetic enamel of approved brand over a coat of
zinc chromate yellow primer. All exposed chilled water lines should be
painted with the approved colour. Chilled water lines should be painted
with two coats of cement paint of approved make and colour.
4. Safety of Material
The contractor shall provide proper and adequate storage facilities to
protect all the materials and equipment against damage from any cause
whatsoever. The watch & ward of the stores, equipment & materials shall
be the responsibility of the contractor till the completion, commissioning
& handing over to IIT.

5. Training to staff
Necessary familiarization shall be given to IIT operating staff for a
minimum period of one month to operate the air-conditioning system.
6. IIT reserves the right to inspect the materials at factory /site. If inspection
of equipment at the factory is to be done, intimation should be given in
advance. All arrangements for conducting the inspection/ testing at the
factory/ site shall be the responsibility of the contractor.
7. Supply of wooden/ GI frames for fixing the grilles/ diffusers to the false
ceiling as per requirement.
8. Openings of walls, slabs, trenches, etc. and making them good thereof to
original finish.
9. Providing all consumables and hardware such as welding electrodes,
sealing compounds, bolts, nuts, washers, gasket material, cement, bricks,
graded stone, etc.
10. Supply of skilled and unskilled manpower, experienced supervisory and
technical staff and competent management for execution.
11. Providing required temporary support, temporary protection, scaffolding
and similar items.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-100

12. Repair/rectification of any damaged components, equipment, materials,


etc.
13. Removal of debris from the site to a location identified by Project
Managers.
14. The excavation includes providing necessary openings in the built-in
trenches and walls and making them good thereof. The depth of
excavation shall be suitably adjusted to suit the site condition like crossing
of existing electrical cables, water pipes, etc.
15. The contractor shall take away the balance of any materials left at the site
after commissioning of the system. The cost, if already paid, for such
items shall be deducted from the subsequent running bills. IIT shall not be
liable to pay for any of the incidental charges connected with the above.
16. The contract agreement shall be executed on a non-judicial stamp paper
of value not less than Rs.50/-, and the cost of the stamp paper shall be
borne by the contractor.
17. All materials, tools and tackles, equipment, labour skilled and semi-skilled
including their housing, sanitation, procurement of food stuff, medical aid
etc. are to be arranged by the contractor. Cost of Transportation of
labour and materials shall be borne by the contractor.
18. The contractor shall be responsible for any damage resulting from his
negligence to existing facilities /installations and will restore, replace or
repair any such damages at his cost to the complete satisfaction of IIT.
19. The tenderer has to select the equipment meeting the general/ technical
specifications mentioned in the tender.

20. The drawings enclosed are for reference only. The tenderer has to check
the exact requirement suitable to the site conditions.
21. The tenderer has to return the original tender document duly signed and
stamped in all pages.
22. IIT shall not be responsible for any postal delay in respect of receipt of
tender document, etc. It is the responsibility of the tenderer to make sure
that the tender is received in time.
23. The contractor shall furnish and install in the machine room a duly typed
set of operating instructions securely framed and shall also supply one set
of tools free of cost required for routine and special maintenance work.
24. Catalogue /brochure/ technical information with drawings of all
equipment/machinery /item shall also be enclosed along with the Tender.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-101

Z) TESTING OF AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM:

Routine and type tests for the various items of equipment of the system shall be performed
at the Contractor’s own cost and test certificates are to be submitted.

The performance tests to determine whether or not the full intent of the specification is met
shall be conducted by the contractor. After notification to IIT that the installation has been
completed and the plant has run continuously for a period of atleast one week. The contractor
shall conduct under the direction and the presence of IIT / TCE / consultant such tests as
specified to establish the capacity of various equipment supplied and installed by the
contractor.

The contractor shall operate, test and adjust the air-conditioning system units, fan, motors,
all air handling appliances including adjustment of regulators, dampers, etc. All testing
equipments, labour, operating personnel, oil, refrigerant or any other item required for these
tests shall be provided by the contractor to enable the plant to be put in a continuous running
test.

TEST PROCEDURE:

1. Design Conditions:
The inside and outside conditions shall be recorded on hourly basis. The outside and
inside dry bulb and wet bulb temperatures shall be recorded by means of a sling
psychrometer with mercury thermometers. The relative humidity shall be computed
from the psychometric chart. The inside dry bulb temperature and relative humidity shall
fall within the specified limits.

2. Capacity of the Plant:

The following aspects shall be checked before conducting the performance tests:

a) The outside conditions shall be as close to the design values as possible.

b) The internal loads of various spaces shall be close to the design values as far as
possible. Otherwise internal loads shall be simulated to a value required to satisfy the
design condition.

c) The plant shall be fully loaded and the temperature stabilized.

d) Hourly readings of water flow shall be recorded.

e) Hourly readings of pressure, temperature, electrical current, voltage and power factor
shall be recorded.

3. Cooling coils of air-handling units:

The flow of air over the cooling coil shall be measured by recording the velocity of air across
each filter placed before the cooling coil. The velocity shall be measured by means of an
anemometer.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-102

Air quantity across the filters = Velocity of air across the filter in FPM x Net filter area in
Sq.ft.

The wet bulb temperature of air entering the coil and that leaving the coil shall be
measured. The enthalpy of entering and leaving air shall be noted from psychometric chart,

Corresponding to the WB temperature recorded.

Say, he = Enthalpy of entering air in btu/lb.

hl = Enthalpy of leaving air in btu/lb.

Capacity of AHU in TR = (cfm of AHU x dh x 4.5) / 12000

(Where dh is the difference of temp. air entering and leaving across the coils)

CHILLER

The temperature of inlet and outlet water, water flow and pressure drop shall be measured.
Plant capacity in TR = Water flow thro chiller (in gpm) x 500 x 1.8 x dT (oC) /12,000
(Where dT = Temperature of entering water - Temperature of leaving water)

COMPRESSOR

The following readings shall be recorded:


a) Suction gas pressure
b) Discharge gas pressure
c) Suction gas temperature
d) Discharge gas temperature
e) Readings of ammeter, voltmeter & power factor meter.

Same pressure gauge shall be used for different measurements and the same thermometer
shall be used for different temperature measurements. The capacity of the compressor shall be
computed from the performance chart supplied by the manufacturer.

KW/Ton of the compressor = (Power Input in KW)


Compressor capacity in TR

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-103

AIR BALANCING

After the desired inside conditions are achieved the quantity of air through every outlet shall be
measured:

Air Qty (CFM) = Air velocity at the outlet in FPM x Effective area of the outlet in Sft.

PERFORMANCE TESTING AT VARIOUS LOADING CONDITIONS:

The performance tests shall be conducted for various loads such as 100%, 75%, 50%, and 25%
of the capacity of the plant.

Functional Tests

Electrical Equipment:

1) All the cables shall be tested for continuity and absence of cross phasing. Insulation
resistance between the phase conductors and the earth shall be measured with the help
of a 500 V megger.

2) Motors:

a) Insulation Resistance of all motors shall be tested with megger and the value shall not
be less than 1 Meg-ohm.
b) Starting current shall be recorded.
c) Starter operation shall be checked for single phasing by removing one of the phases.
d) Overload protection shall be checked by altering the starter thermal overload setting.

SAFETY DEVICES & CONTROLS:

a) Interlocks for compressor motor with that of chilled water pumps shall be checked.
b) Flow switches in chilled water lines shall be checked.
c) High pressure-stat shall be checked by varying the setting of the cutout.
d) Low pressure stat shall be tested by closing the pilot solenoid valve.
e) Anti-freeze thermostat shall be tested by varying the setting.
f) Oil failure switch shall only be tested by varying the setting.
g) Functions of safety device and controls to be checked.

CAPACITY CONTROL:

The capacity control arrangement shall be tested by varying the load on the plant. Any other
procedure recommended by the manufacturer’s may be adopted with prior permission.

The following readings shall be recorded hourly during the tests and capacity of the plant shall
be computed.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-104

Compressor
a) Suction pressure - Kg/cm2 (psi)
b) Suction temperature - oC (oF)
c) Discharge pressure - Kg/cm2 (psi)
d) Condensing Tempr. - oC (oF)
e) Oil pressure - Kg/cm2 (psi)
f) Compressor Speed - RPM

Compressor motor:

a) Rated capacity - HP
b) Rated volts - Volts
c) Rated current - Amps
d) Starting current - Amps

Power consumption for 100%, 75%, 50% & 25% loads

a) Motor current in amps. - Amps


b) Voltage - Volts
c) Starting current. - Amps

Condenser
a) Refrigerant condensing pressure - Kg/cm2 (psi)
b) Refrigerant condensing Temp. - oC (oF)
c) Temp. of water entering - oC (oF)
d) Temp. of water leaving - oC (oF)
e) Water flow rate - lit/sec. (gpm)

Evaporator
a) Refrigerant evaporating pressure - Kg/cm2 (psi)
b) Refrigerant evaporating Temp. - oC (oF)
c) Water flow rate - lit/sec. (gpm)
d) Entering water temp. - oC (oF)
e) Leaving water temp. - oC (oF)
f) Pressure drop through chiller - kg/cm2

Air handling units

a) Air velocity - M/Hr. (FPM)


b) Coil face area - M2 (SFT)
c) Air quantity - M3/Hr. (CFM)
d) Entering air temp. DB - oC (oF)
e) Entering air temp. WB - oC (oF)
f) Leaving air temp. DB - oC (oF)
g) Leaving air temp. WB - oC (oF)
h) Entering water temp. - oC (oF)

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-105

i) Leaving water temp. - oC (oF)


j) Entering water pressure - Kg/Cm2 (psi)
k) Leaving water pressure - Kg/Cm2 (psi)
l) Water flow rate - lit/sec. (gpm)

Chilled Water Pump

a) Flow Rate - lit/Sec. (gpm)


b) Discharge pressure - Kg/Cm2 (psi)
c) Suction pressure - Kg/Cm2 (psi)

Pump motor

a) Rated HP - HP
b) Rated current - Amps
c) Rated volts - Volts
d) Actual current - Amps
e) Starting current - Volts

Air Grilles
a) Area of Grilles - M2 (Sft)
b) Velocity - M/Hr (FPM)
c) Air flow rate - M3 (FPM)
d) Temperature DB - oC (oF)
e) Temperature WB - oC (oF)

Air Diffusers
a) Area - M2 (Sft)
b) Velocity - M/Hr (FPM)
c) Air flow rate - M3 (FPM)
d) Temperature DB - oC (oF)
e) Temperature WB - oC (oF)

Filters
a) Total area - M2 (Sft)
b) Effective area - M2 (Sft)
c) Velocity of air - M/Hr (FPM)
d) Quantity of air - M3 (CFM)

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-106

AA) SCHEDULE OF TECHNICAL DATA

Contractor should furnish technical data as mentioned below, of the equipment and accessories
offered by him as per scheme given in schedule of equipment and Bill of Quantities.

1. AIR COOLED WATER CHILLING MACHINE

i) COMPRESSOR.
a) Manufacturer (Make)
b) Country of Origin
c) Model
d) Rated Capacity (TR)
e) Type (Hermetic)
f) Refrigerant
g) Quantity of refrigerant for initial charge (KG)
h) Working pressure (Kg/CM2)
i) Number of Compressors
j) Power consumption IKW/TR (AHRI/ design
condition)
k) 100% load
l) 75% load
m) 50% load
n) 25% load
o) Recommended Range of capacity control.
p) Type of bearings.
q) Lubrication arrangement

ii) COMPRESSOR MOTOR :


a) Motor manufacturer
b) Type
c) K W Rating.
d) Electrical Characteristics (±10% voltage
variation)
e) Motor RPM.
f) Insulation class.
g) Enclosure/protection class.
h) Efficiency.
i) Starter manufacturer & mode of start.
j) Starting current (Amps)
k) Full load current FLA (Amps)
l) Locked rotor current (Amps)
m) Type of vibration Isolation for
n) compressor and motor.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-107

iii) CONDENSER
a) Manufacturer (Make) Model
b) Coil Material
c) Fin Material
d) Face Area
e) Row Deep
f) Fan CMH
g) Fan Motor KW
h) No. of Fans.
i) Air temperature In/Out (Deg F/Deg C)
j) ACTUAL capacity of condenser at above
conditions(TR)

iv) CHILLER
a) Manufacturer (Make) Model
b) Shell Material
c) Tube material
d) Fouling factor (FPS)
e) Water Flow (USGPM)
f) Water velocity (FPS)
g) Pressure drop (FT of water)
h) Shell insulation at MFR works – Material & Thickness
(mm)
i) Water temperature, IN/OUT (Deg F/Deg C)
j) ACTUAL capacity of chiller at above conditions (TR)

v) MICROPROCESSOR CONTROL CENTRE


a) Indicate point wise display system, set points etc.
b) Interface with BAS (Confirm provided)

vi) GENERAL.
a) Original computer printout of machine selection from
manufacturer to be attached with the
b) Offer confirm.
c) Overall Dimension(M)
d) Length
e) Breadth
f) Height
g) Operating weight (kg) / shipping wt.
h) Service clearance required (M) L x B x H.
i) Noise level at 1 M distance.
j) Type of vibration isolators

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-108

2. CHILLED WATER PUMPS


a) Manufacturer
b) Model
c) Type
d) Capacity (USGPM) / (LPM)
e) Head (M-Wg)
f) Efficiency (%)
g) Pump (RPM)
h) B.H.P
i) Motor (KW)
j) Motor make.
k) Electrical characteristics (±10% voltage
variation)
l) Motor efficiency
m) Class of insulation.
n) Full load current (Amps)
o) Starting current (Amps)
p) Locked rotor current on full load (Amps)
q) Impeller/casing/shaft material
r) Type of water seals.
s) Vibration isolation
t) Operating weight (Kg)
u) Overall dimensions (M)(LxWxH)

3. AIR HANDLING UNIT

i) General
a) Manufacturer
b) Model
c) Type of unit (Double/Single skin) (draw-
thru/blow thru)
d) Material and thickness of casing (inner/outer)
e) Material and thickness of drain pan.
f) Material and thickness of sandwiched
insulation for drain pan
g) Type of vibration isolator

ii) Fan Section.


a) Manufacturer.
b) Type of fan
c) Material and thickness of fan wheel blades
d) Material and thickness of housing.
e) Confirm statically and dynamically balanced
f) Type of bearings.
g) Fan RPM

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-109

iii) Motors
a) Manufacturer
b) Type
c) Electrical characteristics (±10% voltage
variation)
d) Motor speed (RPM)
e) Motor Efficiency
f) Class of Insulation

iv) Cooling Coil


a) Manufacturer
b) Material of tubes
c) Material of fins
d) No of fins/ cm.
e) Test pressure.

v) Air Filters
a) Manufacturer
b) Type of filters
c) Filter medium
d) Pressure drop across filters (mm. of water) /
Clean & Dirty
e) Efficiency

vi) AIR HANDLING UNITS (OPERATING DATA)


a) AHU NO.
b) AIR QTY (CFM)
c) ESP (MM)
d) COIL FACE AREA (Sqm)
e) CHILLED WATER IN/OUT TEMP
f) AIR LEAVING TEMP AT COIL
g) FILTER FACE VEL (m.)
h) FAN OUTLET VEL (FPM)
i) NO. OF ROWS
j) FAN MOTOR (KW)
k) OVERALL DIMENSIONS
l) LxWxH (METRES)
m) OPERATING WEIGHT

vii) VARIABLE SPEED FREQUENCY DRIVE FOR AHU


a. Make / Country of Origin
b. Model No.
c. Type
d. Motor Rating
e. Rated Current
f. Maximum Output

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-110

g. PID Controller
h. Interface with BAS.
i. Hormonic filter builtin (Confirm)
j. Fault Indication.
k. Dimensions (mm)
l. No. of Steps
m. Operating Weight

4. AIR WASHER

i) General
a) Manufacturer
b) Model
c) Type of unit (Double/Single skin) (draw-
thru/blow thru)
d) Material and thickness of casing (inner/outer)
e) Material and thickness of drain pan.
f) Material and thickness of sandwiched
insulation for drain pan
g) Type of flexible connection
h) Type of vibration isolator

ii) Fan Section.


a) Manufacturer.
b) Type of fan
c) Material and thickness of fan wheel blades
d) Material and thickness of housing.
e) Confirm statically and dynamically balanced
f) Type of bearings.
g) Fan RPM

iii) Motors
a) Manufacturer
b) Type
c) Electrical characteristics (±10% voltage
variation)
d) Motor speed (RPM)
e) Motor Efficiency
f) Class of Insulation

iv) FILLS
a) Manufacturer
b) Fill Type
c) Fill Thickness

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-111

v) Air Filters
a) Manufacturer
b) Type of filters
c) Filter medium
d) Pressure drop across filters (mm. of water) /
Clean & Dirty
e) Efficiency

vi) Pumps
a) Manufacturer
b) Model
c) Type
d) Capacity (USGPM) / (LPM)
e) Head (M-Wg)
f) Efficiency (%)
g) Pump (RPM)
h) B.H.P
i) Motor (KW)
j) Motor make.
k) Motor efficiency
l) Class of insulation.

5. FAN COIL UNITS

Capacity (TR) 1 1.5 2 2.5 3


a) Manufacturer
b) Model Type
c) Actual Capacity (TR) at
 HI Speed.
 MED Speed
 LO speed.
d) Actual Air Quantity (CFM) at
 HI Speed.
 MED Speed
 LO speed.
e) Coil detail
 face area (m2)
 CHILLED WATER IN/OUT TEMP
 AIR LEAVING TEMP AT COIL
f) Unit size : L mm
 W mm
 H mm
g) Material/Gage
 Casing
 Blowers

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-112

 Drain pan with sandwitch insulation .


 Copper Tubes dia & wall thickness
 Fins/ cm.
h) Rows of cooling coil
i) Type of filter
j) Motor make
k) Motor H P,RPM
l) Electrical characteristics. (230 ± 6% volts)
m) Material of flexible connection
n) Type of vibration isolators

6. FAN SECTION

i) General
a. Manufacturer.
b. Type of fan
c. Material and thickness of fan wheel blades
d. Material and thickness of housing.
e. Confirm statically and dynamically balanced
f. Type of bearings.
g. Fan RPM

ii) MOTORS
a. Manufacturer
b. Type
c. Electrical characteristics (±10% voltage variation)
d. Motor speed (RPM)
e. Motor Efficiency
f. Class of Insulation

iii) AIR FILTERS


a. Manufacturer
b. Type of filters
c. Filter medium
d. Pressure drop across filters (mm. of water) / Clean
& Dirty
e. Efficiency

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-113

7. CENTRIFUGAL / AXIAL FLOW FANS


i) GENERAL
a) Manufacturer
b) Type
c) Bearings
d) Casing Material
e) Impeller Material
f) Shaft Material
g) Vibration Isolators
h) Fan Size and Model
i) Fan speed
j) Fan efficiency
k) Noise level
l) Noise attenuator
 Manufacturers
 Type
 DB reduction guaranteed at 2 M & 3 M
distance from Noise attenuator
 length (Metre)
m) Motor
 manufacturer
 type
 operating speed
 motor efficiency and class of insulation.
 Electrical Characteristics (±10% voltage
variation).
 Type of starter & manufacturer
n) Type of drive
o) Material of flexible connection
p) Type of vibration isolators

ii) OPERATING DATA Centrifugal / Axial Flow


a) FAN MODEL
b) FAN CFM
c) FAN OUTLET VELOCITY (MPM)
d) SP (MM)
e) FAN RPM
f) NOISE LEVEL (DB)
g) DB REDUCTION BY ATTENUATOR
h) RESULTANT NOISE LEVEL (DB)
i) BHP/ KW
j) LIMIT LOAD HP/ KW
k) MOTOR (HP)/ KW
l) FULL LOAD CURRENT (AMPS)
m) STARTING CURRENT (AMPS)

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-114

8. INLINE FANS
a. Manufactures Name :
b. Capacity CMH :
c. Static Pressure :
d. Motor BHP & HP :
e. Fan Diameter mm :

9. PROPELLER FANS/ROOF EXTRACTORS


a) Manufacturer
b) Motor HP
c) Capacitors provided.
d) Speed Regulator
e) Gravity louvers
f) Single phase preventor
g) Back draft damper.
h) Bird Screen
i) Wire guard

10. CONTROLS

i) 2 Way Valve AHU’s FCU’s


a) Make of valve
b) Model
c) Type (Modulating/Diverting)
d) Modulating Motor make
e) Model
f) Spring return function
g) Pressure rating
h) Voltage of motor
i) Transformer provided
j) Valve linkage make and model.

ii) Thermostat
a) Make / Type
b) Model
c) Cooling/heating or cooling only
d) Range
e) Differential
f) Electrical characteristics

11. WATER PIPING

Item Make Material


a. Make of pipes / class of pipes
b. Pipe Wall thickness
c. Valves

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-115

 Butterfly valves
 Gate valve
 Globe valve
 Check valve
 Ball valve
 Ball valve with strainer
 Balancing valve
 Pot Strainer
 Y-Strainer
d. Pressure Gauge
 Make
 Range
 Dial Size
e. Thermometer (Make/Type &
Range)
f. Flow Meter
 Type and Make
 Size of flow meter
g. Make of Manometer

12. GALVANISED STEEL SHEETS

Item Make Material


a. Make
b. Thickness/Gage
c. Class of Galvanizing

13. GRILLES / DIFFUSERS / DAMPERS

Item Make Material & Gauge


a. Fire damper, rating, make of
damper motor
b. Smoke damper, rating, make
of damper motor
c. Grilles/Diffuser
d. Slot Diffuser
e. Duct Damper
f. FA Damper
g. Access Panel.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-116

14. INSULATION
Item Make Material & Density
a) Duct acoustic lining
b) Duct insulation
c) Pipe insulation

15. ELECTRICAL TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS

Item
a. Manufacturer & Model No.
b. Maximum rating Amps.
c. Type of overload relay
d. Type of reset
e. Solenoid coil voltage
f. Single Phase Preventer Manufacturer Model No. & Type

16. THERMAL STORAGE TANK


a. Capacity
b. Design pressure
c. Shell material
d. Shell/Dish end Thickness
e. Insulation Thickness & material.
f. Ambient at design condition

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-117

II) STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (BMS):

PART – I: GENERAL:

1.0 SUMMARY:
Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and service necessary for a complete and operating
Building Management System (BMS), utilizing Direct Digital Controls as shown on the drawings,
as in attached Input/Output Summary and as described herein. Drawings are diagrammatic
only.

All labor, material, equipment and software not specifically referred to herein or on the plans,
that is required to meet the functional intent of this specification, shall be provided without
additional cost to the Client.

Client shall be the named license holder of all software associated with any and all incremental
work on the project(s).

2.0 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION:


The entire Building Management System (BMS) shall be comprised of a network of
interoperable, stand-alone digital controllers communicating via LonMark / LonTalk
communication protocols to a Network Area Controller (NAC) / Router. Building Management
System products shall be manufactured as per LonWorks products must be approved in writing
by the consulting Engineer and be submitted for approval ten (10) days prior to the date of the
bid submittal.

The entire Integrated Control and Monitor Management System (IBMS) shall be comprise of a
network of interoperable, stand-alone digital controllers communicating on an open protocol
communication network to a host computer within the facility (when specified) and
communicating via the Internet to a host computer in a remote location. The IBMS shall
communicate to third party systems such as Chillers, Boilers, Air-Handling Systems, Energy
metering systems, Lighting Management System & other energy management systems, Fire-Life
safety systems and other building management related devices with open, interoperable
communication capabilities.

The IBMS framework shall utilize JAVA based automation products and services with built-in
Internet connectivity to a broad range of distribution partners in the building automation,
energy services, power/utility, and industrial sectors. The Framework shall bring together the
computerization of control applications under the umbrella of single integrated system
architecture. The suite of component software applications shall support true plug-and-play,
multi-vendor interoperability, resulting in lower automation and information infrastructure
costs. The Network Area Controllers (NAC’s) shall run a JAVA Virtual Machine (JVM) platform
and use a common set of tools for accessing and integrating multiple protocols.

The Building Management System (BMS) shall be comprised of Network Area Controller or
Controllers (NAC) / Routers. The NAC / Router shall connect to the local or wide area network,
depending on configuration. Access to the system, either locally in each building, or remotely
from a central site or sites, shall be accomplished through standard Web browsers, via the

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-118

Internet and/or local area network. Each NAC shall communicate to LonMark/LonTalk and/or
BACnet Direct Digital Controllers (DDC) and other open protocol systems/devices.

The following software packages shall be loaded into the system as minimum standard :-

a) Complete system operational software.


b) Site specific data manipulation software
c) Active graphics software
d) Energy management system software
e) Alarm indication software
f) Data Visualization Package
g) Internet Enabled Remote Monitoring Package.

3.0 SUBMITTAL
Eight copies of shop drawings of the components and devices for the entire control system shall
be submitted and shall consist of a complete list of equipment and materials, including
manufacturers catalog data sheets and installation instructions for all controllers, valves,
dampers, sensors, routers, etc. Shop drawings shall also contain complete wiring and schematic
diagrams, software descriptions, calculations, and any other details required to demonstrate
that the system has been coordinated and will properly function as a system. Terminal
identification for all control wiring shall be shown on the shop drawings. A complete written
Sequence of Operation shall also be included with the submittal package. BMS contractors
supplying products and systems, as part of their packages shall provide catalog data sheets,
wiring diagrams and point lists to other contractors for proper coordination of work.

Submittal shall also include a trunk cable schematic diagram depicting operator workstations,
control panel locations and a description of the communication type, media and protocol. BMS
contractors shall provide these diagrams for their portions of work; the Systems Integrator shall
be responsible for integrating those diagrams into the overall trunk cable schematic diagrams
for the entire Wide Area Network (WAN).

Submittal shall also include a complete point list of all points to be connected to the BMS.

Upon completion of the work, provide a complete set of ‘as-built’ drawings and application
software on compact disk. Drawings shall be provided as AutoCAD™ compatible files. Eight
copies of the ‘as-built’ drawings shall be provided in addition to the documents on compact
disk. BMS contractors shall provide as-built for their portions of work. The BMS contractor shall
be responsible for as-built pertaining to overall BMS architecture and network diagrams. All as-
built drawings shall also be installed into the BMS server in a dedicated directory.

4.0 SPECIFICATION NOMENCLATURE


Acronyms used in this specification are as follows:
FMCS Facility Management and Control System
BMS Building Management System
NAC Network Area Controller
DDC Direct Digital Controller
IBC Interoperable BACnet Controller
GUI Graphical User Interface
WBI Web Browser Interface
PMI Power Measurement Interface

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-119

LAN Local Area Network


WAN Wide Area Network
OOT Object Oriented Technology
PICS Product Interoperability Compliance Statement

5.0 DIVISION OF WORK


The BMS contractor shall be responsible for all controllers (DDC), control devices, control
panels, controller programming, controller programming software, controller input/output and
power wiring and controller network wiring.

The BMS contractor shall also be responsible for the Network Area Controller(s) (NAC), software
and programming of the NAC, graphical user interface software (GUI), development of all
graphical screens, Web browser pages, setup of schedules, logs and alarms, LonWorks network
management and connection of the NAC to the local or wide area network.

6.0 AGENCY AND CODE APPROVALS


All products of the BMS shall be provided with the following agency approvals. Verification that
the approvals exist for all submitted products shall be provided with the submittal package.
Systems or products not currently offering the following approvals are not acceptable.
1) UL-916; Energy Management Systems
2) C-UL listed to Canadian Standards Association C22.2 No. 205-M1983 “signal Equipment”
3) CE
4) FCC, Part 15, Subpart J, Class A Computing Devices

7.0 SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT


The CLIENT shall agree to the manufacturer's standard software and firmware licensing
agreement as a condition of this contract. Such license shall grant use of all programs and
application software to Owner as defined by the manufacturer's license agreement, but shall
protect manufacturer's rights to disclosure of trade secrets contained within such software.

The CLIENT shall be the named license holder of all software associated with any and all
incremental work on the project(s). In addition, CLIENT shall receive ownership of all job
specific configuration documentation, data files, and application-level software developed for
the project. This shall include all custom, job specific software code and documentation for all
configuration and programming that is generated for a given project and/or configured for use
with the NAC, BMS Server(s), and any related LAN / WAN / Intranet and Internet connected
routers and devices. Any and all required IDs and passwords for access to any component or
software program shall be provided to the owner. The owner shall determine which
organizations to be named in the SI organization ID (“orgid”) of all software licenses. Owner
shall be free to direct the modification of the “orgid” in any software license, regardless of
supplier.

8.0 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING


Provide factory-shipping cartons for each piece of equipment and control device. Maintain
cartons through shipping, storage, and handling as required to prevent equipment damage.
Store equipment and materials inside and protected from weather.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-120

9.0 JOB CONDITIONS


Cooperation with Other Contractors: Coordinate the Work of this section with that of other
sections to ensure that the Work will be carried out in an orderly fashion. It shall be this
Contractor's responsibility to check the Contract Documents for possible conflicts between his
Work and that of other crafts in equipment location, pipe, duct and conduit runs, electrical
outlets and fixtures, air diffusers, and structural and architectural features.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-121

PART – II: MATERIALS

1.0 GENERAL:

The Building Management System (BMS) shall be comprised of a network of interoperable,


stand-alone digital controllers, a computer system, graphical user interface software, printers,
network devices, valves, dampers, sensors, and other devices as specified herein. All systems
and software within BMS shall be Year 2000 compliant and shall be supported by compliance
documentation from the manufacturer.

The installed system shall provide secure password access to all features, functions and data
contained in the overall BMS.

2.0 OPEN, INTEROPERABLE, INTEGRATED ARCHITECTURES


The intent of this specification is to provide a peer-to-peer networked, stand-alone, distributed
control system with the capability to integrate ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2001 BACnet,
LonWorks technology, MODBUS, OPC, and other open and proprietary communication
protocols in one open, interoperable system.

The supplied computer software shall employ object-oriented technology (OOT) for
representation of all data and control devices within the system. In addition, adherence to
industry standards including ANSI / ASHRAE™ Standard 135-2001, BACnet and LonMark to
assure interoperability between all system components is required. For each LonWorks device
that does not have LonMark certification, the device supplier must provide an XIF file and a
resource file for the device. For each BACnet device, the device supplier must provide a PICS
document showing the installed device’s compliance level. Minimum compliance is Level 3;
with the ability to support data read and write functionality. Physical connection of BACnet
devices shall be via Ethernet (BACnet Ethernet/IP,) and/or RS-485 (BACnet MSTP) as specified.

All components and controllers supplied under this Division shall be true “peer-to-peer”
communicating devices. Components or controllers requiring “polling” by a host to pass data
shall not be acceptable.

The supplied system must incorporate the ability to access all data using standard Web
browsers without requiring proprietary operator interface and configuration programs. An
Open DataBase Connectivity (ODBC) or Structured Query Language (SQL) compliant server
database is required for all system database parameter storage. This data shall reside on a
supplier-installed server for all database access. Systems requiring proprietary database and
user interface programs shall not be acceptable.

A hierarchical topology is required to assure reasonable system response times and to manage
the flow and sharing of data without unduly burdening the customer’s internal Intranet
network. Systems employing a “flat” single tiered architecture shall not be acceptable.

1) Maximum acceptable response time from any alarm occurrence (at the point of origin) to
the point of annunciation shall not exceed 5 seconds for network connected user interfaces.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-122

2) Maximum acceptable response time from any alarm occurrence (at the point of origin) to
the point of annunciation shall not exceed 60 seconds for remote or dial-up connected user
interfaces.
3.0 NETWORKS
The Local Area Network (LAN) shall be a 100 Megabits/sec Ethernet network supporting
BACnet, Java, XML, HTTP, and SOAP for maximum flexibility for integration of building data with
enterprise information systems and providing support for multiple Network Area Controllers
(NACs), user workstations and, if specified, a local server.

Local area network minimum physical and media access requirements:

1) Ethernet; IEEE standard 802.3


2) Cable; 100 Base-T, UTP-8 wire, category 5
3) Minimum throughput; 100 Mbps.

4.0 NETWORK ACCESS


Remote Access.
For Local Area Network installations, provide access to the LAN from a remote location, via the
Internet. The CLIENT shall provide a connection to the Internet to enable this access via high
speed cable modem, asynchronous digital subscriber line (ADSL) modem, ISDN line, T1 Line or
via the customer’s Intranet to a corporate server providing access to an Internet Service
Provider (ISP). Customer agrees to pay monthly access charges for connection and ISP.

5.0 NETWORK AREA CONTROLLER (NAC) / ROUTER


The BMS contractor shall supply one or more Network Area Controllers (NAC) / Router as part
of this contract. Number of area controllers required is dependent on the type and quantity of
devices provided in IO Summary.

The Network Area Controller (NAC) / Router shall provide the interface between the LAN or
WAN and the field control devices, and provide global supervisory control functions over the
control devices connected to the NAC / Router. It shall be capable of executing application
control programs to provide:

1) Calendar functions
2) Scheduling
3) Trending
4) Alarm monitoring and routing
5) Time synchronization
6) Integration of LonWorks controller data and BACnet controller data
7) Network Management functions for all LonWorks based devices

The Network Area Controller must provide the following hardware features as a minimum:
1) One Ethernet Port – 10/100 Mbps

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-123

2) One RS-232 port


3) One LonWorks Interface Port – 78KB FTT-10A
4) One RS-485 ports
5) Battery Backup
6) Flash memory for long term data backup (If battery backup or flash memory is not
supplied, the controller must contain a hard disk with at least 1 gigabyte storage
capacity)
7) The NAC / Router must be capable of operation over a temperature range of 32 to
122°F
8) The NAC / Router must be capable of withstanding storage temperatures of between 0
and 158°F
9) The NAC / Router must be capable of operation over a humidity range of 5 to 95% RH,
non-condensing
The NAC / Router shall provide multiple user access to the system and support for ODBC or
SQL. A database resident on the NAC / Router shall be an ODBC-compliant database or
must provide an ODBC data access mechanism to read and write data stored within it.

The NAC / Router shall support standard Web browser access via the Intranet/Internet. It
shall support a minimum of 32 simultaneous users.

Event Alarm Notification and actions


1) The NAC / Router shall provide alarm recognition, storage; routing, management, and
analysis to supplement distributed capabilities of equipment or application specific
controllers.
2) The NAC / Router shall be able to route any alarm condition to any defined user
location whether connected to a local network or remote via dial-up telephone
connection, or wide-area network.
3) Alarm generation shall be selectable for annunciation type and acknowledgement
requirements including but limited to:
a) To alarm
b) Return to normal
c) To fault
4) Provide for the creation of a minimum of eight of alarm classes for the purpose of
routing types and or classes of alarms, i.e.: Electricals, HVAC, Fire, etc.
5) Provide timed (schedule) routing of alarms by class, object, group, or node.
6) Provide alarm generation from binary object “runtime” and /or event counts for
equipment maintenance. The user shall be able to reset runtime or event count values
with appropriate password control.

Control equipment and network failures shall be treated as alarms and annunciated.

Alarms shall be annunciated in any of the following manners as defined by the user:
1) Screen message text

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-124

2) Email of the complete alarm message to multiple recipients. Provide the ability to route
and email alarms based on:
a) Day of week
b) Time of day
c) Recipient
3) Pagers via paging services that initiate a page on receipt of email message
4) Graphic with flashing alarm object(s)
5) Printed message, routed directly to a dedicated alarm printer

The following shall be recorded by the NAC / Router for each alarm (at a minimum):
1) Time and date
2) Location (building, floor, zone, office number, etc.)
3) Equipment (air handler #, accessway, etc.)
4) Acknowledge time, date, and user who issued acknowledgement.
5) Number of occurrences since last acknowledgement.

Alarm actions may be initiated by user defined programmable objects created for that
purpose.

Defined users shall be given proper access to acknowledge any alarm, or specific types or
classes of alarms defined by the user.

A log of all alarms shall be maintained by the NAC / Router and/or a server (if configured in
the system) and shall be available for review by the user.

Provide a “query” feature to allow review of specific alarms by user defined parameters.

A separate log for system alerts (controller failures, network failures, etc.) shall be provided
and available for review by the user.

An Error Log to record invalid property changes or commands shall be provided and
available for review by the user.

6.0 DATA COLLECTION AND STORAGE


The NAC / Router shall have the ability to collect data for any property of any object and store
this data for future use.

The data collection shall be performed by log objects, resident in the NAC / Router that shall
have, at a minimum, the following configurable properties:
1) Designating the log as interval or deviation.
2) For interval logs, the object shall be configured for time of day, day of week and the
sample collection interval.
3) For deviation logs, the object shall be configured for the deviation of a variable to a
fixed value. This value, when reached, will initiate logging of the object.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-125

4) For all logs, provide the ability to set the maximum number of data stores for the log
and to set whether the log will stop collecting when full, or rollover the data on a first-
in, first-out basis.
5) Each log shall have the ability to have its data cleared on a time-based event or by a
user-defined event or action.
All log data shall be stored in a relational database in the NAC / Router and the data shall be
accessed from a server (if the system is so configured) or a standard Web browser.

All log data, when accessed from a server, shall be capable of being manipulated using standard
SQL statements.

All log data shall be available to the user in the following data formats:
1) HTML
2) XML
3) Plain Text
4) Comma or tab separated values
Systems that do not provide log data in HTML and XML formats at a minimum shall not be
acceptable.

The NAC / Router shall have the ability to archive its log data either locally (to itself), or
remotely to a server or other NAC / Router on the network. Provide the ability to configure the
following archiving properties, at a minimum:
1) Archive on time of day
2) Archive on user-defined number of data stores in the log (buffer size)
3) Archive when log has reached it’s user-defined capacity of data stores
4) Provide ability to clear logs once archived
7.0 AUDIT LOG
Provide and maintain an Audit Log that tracks all activities performed on the NAC / Router.
Provide the ability to specify a buffer size for the log and the ability to archive log based on time
or when the log has reached its user-defined buffer size. Provide the ability to archive the log
locally (to the NAC / Router), to another NAC / Router on the network, or to a server. For each
log entry, provide the following data:
1) Time and date
2) User ID
3) Change or activity: i.e., Change setpoint, add or delete objects, commands, etc.
8.0 DATABASE BACKUP AND STORAGE
The NAC / Router shall have the ability to automatically backup its database. The database shall
be backed up based on a user-defined time interval.

Copies of the current database and, at the most recently saved database shall be stored in the
NAC / Router. The age of the most recently saved database is dependent on the user-defined
database save interval.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-126

The NAC / Router database shall be stored, at a minimum, in XML format to allow for user
viewing and editing, if desired. Other formats are acceptable as well, as long as XML format is
supported.

9.0 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLLERS (DDC)


Direct Digital Controllers shall be 16 bit microprocessor based Interoperable LonWorks
Controllers.

The Network Area Controller (NAC) / Router will provide all scheduling, alarming, trending, and
network management for the LonMark / LonWorks based devices.

The DDCs shall communicate with the NAC / Router at a baud rate of not less than 78.8K baud.
The DDC shall provide LED indication of communication and controller performance to the
technician, without cover removal.

All DDCs shall be fully application programmable. Controllers offering application selection only
(non programmable), require a 10% spare point capacity to be provided for all applications. All
control sequences within or programmed into the DDC shall be stored in non-volatile memory,
which is not dependent upon the presence of a battery, to be retained.

The BMS contractor supplying the DDC’s shall provide documentation for each device, with the
following information at a minimum:

1) Network Variable Inputs (nvi’s); name and type

2) Network Variable Outputs (nvo’s); name and type

3) Network configuration parameters (nci, nco); name and type

It is the responsibility of the BMS contractor to ensure that the proper Network Variable Inputs
and Outputs (nvi and nvo) are provided in each DDC, as required by the point charts.

The supplier of any programmable DDC shall provide one copy of the manufacturer’s
programming tool, with documentation, to the CLIENT.

The controller shall be capable of either integrating with other LonMark™ devices or stand-
alone operation.
The controller shall have two microprocessors. The Host processor contains on-chip FLASH
program memory, FLASH information memory, and RAM to run the main HVAC application.
The second processor for LonWorks™ network communications.

1) FLASH Memory Capacity: 60 Kilobytes with 8 Kilobytes for application program.


2) FLASH Memory settings retained for ten years.
3) RAM: 2 Kilobytes

The controller shall have an FTT transformer-coupled communications port interface for
common mode-noise rejection and DC isolation.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-127

The controller shall have an internal time clock with the ability to automatically revert from a
master time clock on failure.
1) Operating Range: 24 hour, 365 day, multi-year calendar including day of week and
configuration for automatic day-light savings time adjustment to occur on configured
start and stop dates.
2) Accuracy: ±1 minute per month at 77° F (25° C).
3) Power Failure Backup: 24 hours at 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C).

The controller shall have Significant Event Notification, Periodic Update capability, and Failure
Detect when network inputs fail to be detected within their configurable time frame.

Rated voltage: 20-30 VAC, 50/60 Hz

The controller shall have an internal DC power supply to power external sensors.
a) Power Output: 20 VDC ±10% at 75 mA.

The controller shall have a visual indication (LED) of the status of the device:
a) Controller operating normally.
b) Controller in process of download.
c) Controller in manual mode under control of software tool.
d) Controller lost its configuration.
e) No power to controller, low voltage, or controller damage.
f) Processor and/or controller is not operating.

The minimum controller Environmental ratings:


a) Operating Temperature Ambient Rating: -40° to 150° F (-40° to 65.5° C).
b) Storage Temperature Ambient Rating: -40° to 150° F (-40° to 65.5° C).
c) Relative Humidity: 5% to 95% non-condensing.

The controller shall have the additional approval requirements, listings, and approvals:
a) UL/cUL (E87741) listed under UL916 (Standard for Open Energy Management
Equipment) with plenum rating.
b) CSA (LR95329-3) Listed
c) Meets FCC Part 15, Subpart B, Class B (radiated emissions) requirements.
d) Meets Canadian standard C108.8 (radiated emissions).
e) Conforms requirements European Consortium standard EN 61000-6-1; 2001 (EU
Immunity)
f) Conforms requirements European Consortium standard EN 61000-6-3; 2001 (EU
Emission)

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-128

The controller shall have three analog outputs (AO).


a) Analog outputs (AO) shall be capable of being configured as digital outputs (DO).
b) Input and Output wiring terminal strips shall be removable from the controller without
disconnecting wiring.
c) Input and Output wiring terminals shall be designated with color coded labels.

The controller shall provide for “user defined” Network Variables (NV) for customized
configurations.

10.0 GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE SOFTWARE


Operating System:
The GUI shall run on Microsoft Windows XP Professional.
The GUI shall employ browser-like functionality for ease of navigation. It shall include a tree
view (similar to Windows Explorer) for quick viewing of, and access to, the hierarchical structure
of the database. In addition, menu-pull downs, and toolbars shall employ buttons, commands
and navigation to permit the operator to perform tasks with a minimum knowledge of the
HVAC Control System and basic computing skills. These shall include, but are not limited to,
forward/backward buttons, home button, and a context sensitive locator line (similar to a URL
line), that displays the location and the selected object identification.

Real-Time Displays. The GUI, shall at a minimum, support the following graphical features and
functions:

1) Graphic screens shall be developed using any drawing package capable of generating a GIF,
BMP, or JPG file format. Use of proprietary graphic file formats shall not be acceptable. In
addition to, or in lieu of a graphic background, the GUI shall support the use of scanned
pictures.

2) Graphic screens shall have the capability to contain objects for text, real-time values,
animation, color spectrum objects, logs, graphs, HTML or XML document links, schedule
objects, hyperlinks to other URL’s, and links to other graphic screens.

3) Graphics shall support layering and each graphic object shall be configurable for assignment
to a layer. A minimum of six layers shall be supported.

4) Modifying common application objects, such as schedules, calendars, and set points shall
be accomplished in a graphical manner.
a. Schedule times will be adjusted using a graphical slider, without requiring any keyboard
entry from the operator.

b. Holidays shall be set by using a graphical calendar without requiring any keyboard entry
from the operator.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-129

5) Commands to start and stop binary objects shall be done by right-clicking the selected
object and selecting the appropriate command from the pop-up menu. No entry of text
shall be required.
6) Adjustments to analog objects, such as set points, shall be done by right-clicking the
selected object and using a graphical slider to adjust the value. No entry of text shall be
required.

System Configuration. At a minimum, the GUI shall permit the operator to perform the
following tasks, with proper password access:

1) Create, delete or modify control strategies.


2) Add/delete objects to the system.
3) Tune control loops through the adjustment of control loop parameters.
4) Enable or disable control strategies.
5) Generate hard copy records or control strategies on a printer.
6) Select points to be alarmable and define the alarm state.
7) Select points to be trended over a period of time and initiate the recording of values
automatically.

On-Line Help : Provide a context sensitive, on-line help system to assist the operator in
operation and editing of the system. On-line help shall be available for all applications and shall
provide the relevant data for that particular screen. Additional help information shall be
available through the use of hypertext. All system documentation and help files shall be in
HTML format.

Security : Each operator shall be required to log on to that system with a user name and
password in order to view, edit, add, or delete data. System security shall be selectable for
each operator. The system administrator shall have the ability to set passwords and security
levels for all other operators. Each operator password shall be able to restrict the operators’
access for viewing and/or changing each system application, full screen editor, and object. Each
operator shall automatically be logged off of the system if no keyboard or mouse activity is
detected. This auto log-off time shall be set per operator password. All system security data
shall be stored in an encrypted format.

System Diagnostics : The system shall automatically monitor the operation of all workstations,
printers, modems, network connections, building management panels, and controllers. The
failure of any device shall be annunciated to the operator.

Programming software shall be same as GUI. The Same GUI can be used to configure the DDCs
& NAC.

Alarm Console
1) The system will be provided with a dedicated alarm window or console. This window
will notify the operator of an alarm condition, and allow the operator to view details of
the alarm and acknowledge the alarm. The use of the Alarm Console can be enabled or
disabled by the system administrator.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-130

2) When the Alarm Console is enabled, a separate alarm notification window will
supercede all other windows on the desktop and shall not be capable of being
minimized or closed by the operator. This window will notify the operator of new
alarms and un-acknowledged alarms. Alarm notification windows or banners that can
be minimized or closed by the operator shall not be acceptable.

11.0 SPECIAL ENERGY MANAGEMENT REPORTING AND PROFILING APPLICATIONS


These reports are defined below.
1. Aggregate Demand Summary - This report aggregates (totalizes) multiple points (meters)
and shows the peak, minimum, average, and total consumption as well as computes load
factor. By reducing peak consumption and leveling the total load, volatility is reduced and
energy customers can make significant improvements in their energy procurement. This
report will help identify favorable aggregation combinations and unattractive peaks. Once
the user selects this report, they define parameters such as sites, meters, time period, and
commodity. The following screen shot is an example of Aggregate Demand Summary.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-131

2. Summary Ranking Reports - By selecting this report, the user can identify the 10 worst or
10 best sites in the database. Once the report type has been selected, parameters to define
before the report can be generated will include the following:
a. Measurement unit – KW, therms, CCF gallons, PSI, etc. The database will search for
all values matching the request.
b. Compare an entire facility or normalize by square foot
c. Time periods to compare
d. Highest values or lowest values – Will be able to view either the best or worst 10
points matching the defined parameters
e. Cost or consumption in future revisions

3. Spectrum Summary Report – A quick view of any point or aggregated point with color
coding identifying the reasonableness of the data value. The chart can report on up to one
year of data, with the ability to zoom to a higher definition. As data values approach and/or
exceed historical ranges, the color on the graph will change to identify such. If all data
values are within historical ranges, the user can move on to other functions. In the
following screen shot, the Spectrum Summary Report is reporting on total electricity for an
aggregated point, which consists of 6 schools. The reporting period is six weeks, with the
blue identifying low loads overnight and on weekends. The fourth weekend in the report
was a three day weekend which is identified by a larger blue gap. A user can also see rising
consumption (red) as temperatures rise going into the summer season. When the user
clicks on an area of the graph, the data value along with time stamp will appear. The colors
and associated data value ranges are user definable. The following screen shot is an
example of the Spectrum Summary Report.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-132

4. Equipment Operation Reports - Users will have the ability to analyze digital points and
identify run times. Comparisons between sites or points can be made and run times can be
graphed. For example, comparing lighting or HVAC run hours in a group of stores or
comparing HVAC run hours in June for Store 1 versus Store 2. Data will be displayed in time
and percentage.
5. Relative Contribution Report – This pie chart report will give users the ability to identify
how individual points contribute to a total from a point group. The user would select a
group of points, calculate the aggregate consumption of the group, and report on the
individual contribution of each. Data will be displayed both graphically in a pie chart as well
as in tabular format. Users could identify that HVAC is 48% of the building load; lighting is
42%, or Building 1 accounts for 14% of the total enterprise load and Building 2 contributes
19%. This report will allow users to identify inefficiencies and help perform budgeting.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-133

6. Average Profile – The report will allow the user to average the load for a single load across
time periods and give the average load, and/or aggregate multiple meters (loads) and view
the average aggregated load. This report will be very beneficial when negotiating with
energy service providers because it includes the load profile and consumption totals. With
the ability to filter by time periods, measurement units, points or point groups, weekdays,
and weekends, load profiles with associated data will allow the user to procure exactly the
amount of energy required. This reduces risk for the energy provider and therefore reduces
cost for the end-user.
The user will be able to manipulate between 1-minute intervals and hourly intervals. In addition,
users will be able to choose between auto scale and manual scale. For example, if the minimum
value is 100KW and the maximum is 500 kW, the user can have the chart automatically scale
between those values or they can select any range to scale the 400kW range. When printing charts,
this may be useful. This will be useful for sophisticated users who need a higher resolution of data.
The following screen shot is an example of the Average Profile Report.

7. Point Trending – This report will allow the user to choose a single or multiple points and
trend the values over a specified time period. Either analog or digital points can be trended
and multiple variables can be selected to be report. For a visual representation of several
point values, the user will view all points on the left Y-axis. If the user would like to perform
a statistical analysis identifying correlation coefficient and standard deviation between
variables, they will have the ability to select a single point for each Y-axis. If a point group
has been created, it would be presented as a single point value. The same auto
scale/manual scale feature discussed in Average Profile Report is available in Point
Trending. The following screen shot is an example of the Point Trending Report.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-134

8. Exception Report – This report will identify all data values for the specified period that does
not fall in a user-defined range. Although the range will be user definable, the benchmark
or baseline to be compared against will be historical data. Users can get to this report by
selecting it among the library of report templates, or can automatically be taken here from
the Average Profile Report or Point Trending Report by clicking on an “Exception” button
once a profile is being viewed.

12.0 WEB BROWSER CLIENTS


The system shall be capable of supporting an unlimited number of clients using a standard Web
browser such as Internet Explorer™ or Netscape Navigator™. Systems requiring additional
software (to enable a standard Web browser) to be resident on the client machine, or
manufacture-specific browsers shall not be acceptable.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-135

The Web browser software shall run on any operating system and system configuration that is
supported by the Web browser. Systems that require specific machine requirements in terms
of processor speed, memory, etc., in order to allow the Web browser to function with the
FMCS, shall not be acceptable.
The Web browser shall provide the same view of the system, in terms of graphics, schedules,
calendars, logs, etc., and provide the same interface methodology as is provided by the
Graphical User Interface. Systems that require different views or that require different means
of interacting with objects such as schedules, or logs, shall not be permitted.
The Web browser client shall support at a minimum, the following functions:
1) User log-on identification and password shall be required. If an unauthorized user
attempts access, a blank web page shall be displayed. Security using Java authentication
and encryption techniques to prevent unauthorized access shall be implemented.
2) Graphical screens developed for the GUI shall be the same screens used for the Web
browser client. Any animated graphical objects supported by the GUI shall be supported
by the Web browser interface.
3) HTML programming shall not be required to display system graphics or data on a Web
page. HTML editing of the Web page shall be allowed if the user desires a specific look or
format.
4) Storage of the graphical screens shall be in the Network Area Controller (NAC), without
requiring any graphics to be stored on the client machine. Systems that require graphics
storage on each client are not acceptable.
5) Real-time values displayed on a Web page shall update automatically without requiring a
manual “refresh” of the Web page.
6) Users shall have administrator-defined access privileges. Depending on the access
privileges assigned, the user shall be able to perform the following:
a. Modify common application objects, such as schedules, calendars, and set points in a
graphical manner.
i. Schedule times will be adjusted using a graphical slider, without requiring any
keyboard entry from the operator.
ii. Holidays shall be set by using a graphical calendar, without requiring any keyboard
entry from the operator.
b. Commands to start and stop binary objects shall be done by right-clicking the selected
object and selecting the appropriate command from the pop-up menu. No entry of
text shall be required.
c. View logs and charts
d. View and acknowledge alarms
e. Setup and execute SQL queries on log and archive information
7) The system shall provide the capability to specify a user’s (as determined by the log-on
user identification) home page. Provide the ability to limit a specific user to just their
defined home page. From the home page, links to other views, or pages in the system
shall be possible, if allowed by the system administrator.
8) Graphic screens on the Web Browser client shall support hypertext links to other
locations on the Internet or on Intranet sites, by specifying the Uniform Resource Locator
(URL) for the desired link.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-136

13.0 SERVER FUNCTIONS AND HARDWARE


A central server shall be provided. The server shall support all Network Area Controllers (NAC)
/Router connected to the customer’s network whether local or remote.
Local connections shall be via an Ethernet LAN. Remote connections can be via ISDN, ADSL, T1
or dial-up connection.
It shall be possible to provide access to all Network Area Controllers via a single connection to
the server. In this configuration, each Network Area Controller can be accessed from a remote
Graphical User Interface (GUI) or from a standard Web browser (WBI) by connecting to the
server.
The server shall provide the following functions, at a minimum:
1) Global Data Access: The server shall provide complete access to distributed data defined
anywhere in the system.
2) Distributed Control: The server shall provide the ability to execute global control strategies
based on control and data objects in any NAC / Router in the network, local or remote.
3) The server shall include a master clock service for its subsystems and provide time
synchronization for all Network Area Controllers (NAC) / Routers.
4) The server shall accept time synchronization messages from trusted precision Atomic Clock
Internet sites and update its master clock based on this data.
5) The server shall provide scheduling for all Network Area Controllers and their underlying
field control devices.
6) The server shall provide demand limiting that operates across all Network Area
Controllers. The server must be capable of multiple demand programs for sites with
multiple meters and or multiple sources of energy. Each demand program shall be capable
of supporting separate demand shed lists for effective demand control.
7) The server shall implement the BACnet Command Prioritization scheme (16 levels) for safe
and effective contention resolution of all commands issued to Network Area Controllers /
Routers. Systems not employing this prioritization shall not be accepted.
8) Each Network Area Controller / Router supported by the server shall have the ability to
archive its log data, alarm data and database to the server, automatically. Archiving
options shall be user-defined including archive time and archive frequency.
9) The server shall provide central alarm management for all Network Area Controllers /
Routers supported by the server. Alarm management shall include:
a. Routing of alarms to display, printer, email and pagers
b. View and acknowledge alarms
c. Query alarm logs based on user-defined parameters
10) The server shall provide central management of log data for all Network Area Controllers /
Routers supported by the server. Log data shall include process logs, runtime and event
counter logs, audit logs and error logs. Log data management shall include:
a. Viewing and printing log data
b. Exporting log data to other software applications
c. Query log data based on user-defined parameters

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-137

Server Hardware Requirements: The server hardware platform shall have the following
requirements:
1) The computer shall be an Intel Pentium M based computer (minimum processing speed of
2.4 GHz with 1 GB RAM and a 100-gigabyte minimum hard drive). It shall include a DVD-
ROM/CD-RW Combination Drive, 2-parallel ports, 2-asynchronous serial ports and 2-USB
ports. A minimum 17” flat panel color monitor, 1280 x 1024 optimal preset resolution, 25
ms response time shall also be included.
2) The server operating system shall be Microsoft Windows XP Professional. Include
Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 or later.
3) Connection to the BMS network shall be via an Ethernet network interface card, 100
Mbps.
4) A system printer shall be provided. Printer shall be laser type with a minimum 600 x 600-
dpi resolution and rated for 60-PPM print speed minimum.
5) For dedicated alarm printing, provide a dot matrix printer, either 80 or 132 column width.
The printer shall have a parallel port interface.

14.0 SYSTEM PROGRAMMING


The Graphical User Interface software (GUI) shall provide the ability to perform system
programming and graphic display engineering as part of a complete software package. Access
to the programming functions and features of the GUI shall be through password access as
assigned by the system administrator.
A library of control, application, and graphic objects shall be provided to enable the creation of
all applications and user interface screens. Applications are to be created by selecting the
desired control objects from the library, dragging or pasting them on the screen, and linking
them together using a built in graphical connection tool. Completed applications may be stored
in the library for future use. Graphical User Interface screens shall be created in the same
fashion. Data for the user displays is obtained by graphically linking the user display objects to
the application objects to provide “real-time” data updates. Any real-time data value or object
property may be connected to display its current value on a user display. Systems requiring
separate software tools or processes to create applications and user interface displays shall not
be acceptable.

Programming Methods
1) Provide the capability to copy objects from the supplied libraries, or from a user-defined
library to the user’s application. Objects shall be linked by a graphical linking scheme by
dragging a link from one object to another. Object links will support one-to-one, many-to-
one, or one-to-many relationships. Linked objects shall maintain their connections to
other objects regardless of where they are positioned on the page and shall show link
identification for links to objects on other pages for easy identification. Links will vary in
color depending on the type of link; i.e., internal, external, hardware, etc.
2) Configuration of each object will be done through the object’s property sheet using fill-in
the blank fields, list boxes, and selection buttons. Use of custom programming, scripting
language, or a manufacturer-specific procedural language for configuration will not be
accepted.
3) The software shall provide the ability to view the logic in a monitor mode. When on-line,
the monitor mode shall provide the ability to view the logic in real time for easy diagnosis

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-138

of the logic execution. When off-line (debug), the monitor mode shall allow the user to set
values to inputs and monitor the logic for diagnosing execution before it is applied to the
system.
4) All programming shall be done in real-time. Systems requiring the uploading, editing, and
downloading of database objects shall not be allowed.
5) The system shall support object duplication within a customer’s database. An application,
once configured, can be copied and pasted for easy re-use and duplication. All links, other
than to the hardware, shall be maintained during duplication.

15.0 LonWorks NETWORK MANAGEMENT


The Graphical User Interface software (GUI) shall provide a complete set of integrated
LonWorks network management tools for working with LonWorks networks. These tools shall
manage a database for all LonWorks devices by type and revision, and shall provide a software
mechanism for identifying each device on the network. These tools shall also be capable of
defining network data connections between LonWorks devices, known as “binding”. Systems
requiring the use of third party LonWorks network management tools shall not be accepted.
Network management shall include the following services: device identification, device
installation, device configuration, device diagnostics, device maintenance and network variable
binding.
The network configuration tool shall also provide diagnostics to identify devices on the
network, to reset devices, and to view health and status counters within devices.
These tools shall provide the ability to “learn” an existing LonWorks network, regardless of
what network management tool(s) were used to install the existing network, so that existing
LonWorks devices and newly added devices are part of a single network management database.
The network management database shall be resident in the Network Area Controller (NAC) /
Router, ensuring that anyone with proper authorization has access to the network management
database at all times. Systems employing network management databases that are not
resident, at all times, within the control system, shall not be accepted.

16.0 OBJECT LIBRARIES


A standard library of objects shall be included for development and setup of application logic,
user interface displays, system services, and communication networks.
The objects in this library shall be capable of being copied and pasted into the user’s database
and shall be organized according to their function. In addition, the user shall have the capability
to group objects created in their application and store the new instances of these objects in a
user-defined library.
In addition to the standard libraries specified here, the supplier of the system shall maintain an
on-line accessible (over the Internet) library, available to all registered users to provide new or
updated objects and applications as they are developed.
All control objects shall conform to the control objects specified in the BACnet specification.
The library shall include applications or objects for the following functions, at a minimum:
1) Scheduling Object- The schedule must conform to the schedule object as defined in the
BACnet specification, providing 7-day plus holiday & temporary scheduling features and a

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-139

minimum of 10 on/off events per day. Data entry to be by graphical sliders to speed
creation and selection of on-off events.
2) Calendar Object- The calendar must conform to the calendar object as defined in the
BACnet specification, providing 12-month calendar features to allow for holiday or special
event data entry. Data entry to be by graphical “point-and-click” selection. This object must
be “linkable” to any or all scheduling objects for effective event control.
3) Duty Cycling Object- Provide a universal duty cycle object to allow repetitive on/off time
control of equipment as an energy conserving measure. Any number of these objects may
be created to control equipment at varying intervals
4) Temperature Override Object- Provide a temperature override object that is capable of
overriding equipment turned off by other energy saving programs (scheduling, duty cycling
etc.) to maintain occupant comfort or for equipment freeze protection.
5) Start-Stop Time Optimization Object- Provide a start-stop time optimization object to
provide the capability of starting equipment just early enough to bring space conditions to
desired conditions by the scheduled occupancy time. Also, allow equipment to be stopped
before the scheduled un-occupancy time just far enough ahead to take advantage of the
building’s “flywheel” effect for energy savings. Provide automatic tuning of all start / stop
time object properties based on the previous day’s performance.
6) Demand Limiting Object- Provide a comprehensive demand-limiting object that is capable
of controlling demand for any selected energy utility (electric, oil, and gas). The object shall
provide the capability of monitoring a demand value and predicting (by use of a sliding
window prediction algorithm) the demand at the end of the user defined interval period (1-
60 minutes). This object shall also accommodate a utility meter time sync pulse for fixed
interval demand control. Upon a prediction that will exceed the user defined demand limit
(supply a minimum of 6 per day), the demand limiting object shall issue shed commands to
either turn off user specified loads or modify equipment set points to effect the desired
energy reduction. If the list of sheddable equipment is not enough to reduce the demand
to below the set point, a message shall be displayed on the users screen (as an alarm)
instructing the user to take manual actions to maintain the desired demand. The shed lists
are specified by the user and shall be selectable to be shed in either a fixed or rotating
order to control which equipment is shed the most often. Upon suitable reductions in
demand, the demand-limiting object shall restore the equipment that was shed in the
reverse order in which it was shed. Each sheddable object shall have a minimum and
maximum shed time property to effect both equipment protection and occupant comfort.
The library shall include control objects for the following functions. All control objects shall
conform to the objects as specified in the BACnet specification.
1) Analog Input Object - Minimum requirement is to comply with the BACnet standard for
data sharing. Allow high, low and failure limits to be assigned for alarming. Also, provide a
time delay filter property to prevent nuisance alarms caused by temporary excursions
above or below the user defined alarm limits.
2) Analog Output Object - Minimum requirement is to comply with the BACnet standard for
data sharing.
3) Binary Input Object - Minimum requirement is to comply with the BACnet standard for data
sharing. The user must be able to specify either input condition for alarming. This object
must also include the capability to record equipment run-time by counting the amount of
time the hardware input is in an “on” condition. The user must be able to specify either
input condition as the “on” condition.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-140

4) Binary Output Object - Minimum requirement is to comply with the BACnet standard for
data sharing. Properties to enable minimum on and off times for equipment protection as
well as interstart delay must be provided. The BACnet Command Prioritization priority
scheme shall be incorporated to allow multiple control applications to execute commands
on this object with the highest priority command being invoked. Provide sixteen levels of
priority as a minimum. Systems not employing the BACnet method of contention resolution
shall not be acceptable.
5) PID Control Loop Object - Minimum requirement is to comply with the BACnet standard for
data sharing. Each individual property must be adjustable as well as to be disabled to allow
proportional control only, or proportional with integral control, as well as proportional,
integral and derivative control.
6) Comparison Object - Allow a minimum of two analog objects to be compared to select
either the highest, lowest, or equality between the two linked inputs. Also, allow limits to
be applied to the output value for alarm generation.
7) Math Object - Allow a minimum of four analog objects to be tested for the minimum or
maximum, or the sum, difference, or average of linked objects. Also, allow limits to be
applied to the output value for alarm generation.
8) Custom Programming Objects - Provide a blank object template for the creation of new
custom objects to meet specific user application requirements. This object must provide a
simple BASIC-like programming language that is used to define object behavior. Provide a
library of functions including math and logic functions, string manipulation, and e-mail as a
minimum. Also, provide a comprehensive on-line debug tool to allow complete testing of
the new object. Allow new objects to be stored in the library for re-use.
9) Interlock Object - Provide an interlock object that provides a means of coordination of
objects within a piece of equipment such as an Air Handler or other similar types of
equipment. An example is to link the return fan to the supply fan such that when the supply
fan is started, the return fan object is also started automatically without the user having to
issue separate commands or to link each object to a schedule object. In addition, the
control loops, damper objects, and alarm monitoring (such as return air, supply air, and
mixed air temperature objects) will be inhibited from alarming during a user-defined period
after startup to allow for stabilization. When the air handler is stopped, the interlocked
return fan is also stopped, the outside air damper is closed, and other related objects within
the air handler unit are inhibited from alarming thereby eliminating nuisance alarms during
the off period.
10) Temperature Override Object - Provide an object whose purpose is to provide the capability
of overriding a binary output to an “On” state in the event a user specified high or low limit
value is exceeded. This object is to be linked to the desired binary output object as well as
to an analog object for temperature monitoring, to cause the override to be enabled. This
object will execute a Start command at the Temperature Override level of start/stop
command priority unless changed by the user.
11) Composite Object - Provide a container object that allows a collection of objects
representing an application to be encapsulated to protect the application from tampering,
or to more easily represent large applications. This object must have the ability to allow the
user to select the appropriate parameters of the “contained” application that are
represented on the graphical shell of this container.
The object library shall include objects to support the integration of devices connected to the
Network Area Controller (NAC) / Router. At a minimum, provide the following as part of the
standard library included with the programming software:

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-141

1) LonMark/LonWorks devices. These devices shall include, but not be limited to, devices for
control of HVAC, lighting, access, and metering. Provide LonMark manufacturer-specific
objects to facilitate simple integration of these devices. All network variables defined in the
LonMark profile shall be supported. Information (type and function) regarding network
variables not defined in the LonMark profile shall be provided by the device manufacturer.
2) For devices not conforming to the LonMark standard, provide a dynamic object that can be
assigned to the device based on network variable information provided by the device
manufacturer. Device manufacturer shall provide an XIF file, resource file and
documentation for the device to facilitate device integration.
3) For BACnet devices, provide the following objects at a minimum:
a) Analog In
b) Analog Out
c) Analog Value
d) Binary
e) Binary In
f) Binary Out
g) Binary Value
h) Multi-State In
i) Multi-State Out
j) Multi-State Value
k) Schedule Export
l) Calendar Export
m) Trend Export
n) Device

4) For each BACnet object, provide the ability to assign the object a BACnet device and object
instance number.
5) For BACnet devices, provide the following support at a minimum
a) Segmentation
b) Segmented Request
c) Segmented Response
d) Application Services
e) Read Property
f) Read Property Multiple
g) Write Property
h) Write Property Multiple
i) Confirmed Event Notification
j) Unconfirmed Event Notification

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-142

k) Acknowledge Alarm
l) Get Alarm Summary
m) Who-has
n) I-have
o) Who-is
p) I-am
q) Subscribe COV
r) Confirmed COV notification
s) Unconfirmed COV notification
t) Media Types
u) Ethernet
v) BACnet IP Annex J
w) MSTP
x) BACnet Broadcast Management Device (BBMD) function
y) Routing

17.0 DDE DEVICE INTEGRATION


The Network Area Controller / Router shall support the integration of device data via Dynamic
Data Exchange (DDE), over the Ethernet Network. The Network Area Controller shall act as a
DDE client to another software application that functions as a DDE server.
Provide the required objects in the library, included with the Graphical User Interface
programming software, to support the integration of these devices into the BMS. Objects
provided shall include at a minimum:
1) DDE Generic AI Object
2) DDE Generic AO Object
3) DDE Generic BO Object
4) DDE Generic BI Object

18.0 MODBUS SYSTEM INTEGRATION


The Network Area Controller / Router shall support the integration of device data from Modbus
RTU, Ascii, or TCP control system devices. The connection to the Modbus system shall be via an
RS-232, RS485, or Ethernet IP as required by the device.
Provide the required objects in the library, included with the Graphical User Interface
programming software, to support the integration of the Modbus system data into the BMS.
Objects provided shall include at a minimum:
1) Read/Write Modbus AI Registers
2) Read/Write Modbus AO Registers
3) Read/Write Modbus BI Registers

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-143

4) Read/Write Modbus BO Registers


All scheduling, alarming, logging and global supervisory control functions, of the Modbus
system devices, shall be performed by the Network Area Controller.
The BMS supplier shall provide a Modbus system communications driver. The equipment
system vendor that provided the equipment utilizing Modbus shall provide documentation of
the system’s Modbus interface and shall provide factory support at no charge during system
commissioning

19.0 OPC SYSTEM INTEGRATION


The Network Area Controller / Router shall act as an OPC client and shall support the
integration of device data from OPC servers. The connection to the OPC server shall be
Ethernet IP as required by the device. The OPC client shall support third party OPC servers
compatible with the Data Access 1.0 and 2.0 specifications.
Provide the required objects in the library, included with the Graphical User Interface
programming software, to support the integration of the OPC system data into the BMS.
Objects provided shall include at a minimum:
1) Read/Write OPC AI Object
2) Read/Write OPC AO Object
3) Read/Write OPC BI Object
4) Read/Write OPC BO Object
5) Read/Write OPC Date/Time Input Object
6) Read/Write OPC Date/Time Output Object
7) Read/Write OPC String Input Object
8) Read/Write OPC String Output Object

All scheduling, alarming, logging and global supervisory control functions, of the OPC system
devices, shall be performed by the Network Area Controller / Router.
The BMS supplier shall provide an OPC client communications driver. The equipment
system vendor that provided the equipment utilizing OPC shall provide documentation of
the system’s OPC server interface and shall provide factory support at no charge during
system commissioning.

20.0 GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE COMPUTER HARDWARE (DESKTOP)


The browser workstation shall be an Intel Pentium based computer (minimum processing speed
of 2.4 Ghz with 1.0 GB RAM and a 100-gigabyte minimum hard drive). It shall include a DVD-
ROM/CD-RW Combination Drive, 2-parallel ports, 2-asynchronous serial ports and 2-USB ports.
A minimum 17”flat panel color monitor, 1280 x 1024 optimal preset resolution, 25 ms response
time, shall also be included.
Connection to the BMS network shall be via an Ethernet network interface card, 10 Mbps.
A system printer shall be provided. Printer shall be laser type with a minimum 600 x 600-dpi
resolution and rated for 8 PPM print speed minimum.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-144

OTHER CONTROL SYSTEM HARDWARE

FIELD DEVICES

1.0 ELECTRIC AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLS RELATED EQUIPMENT

General Requirements
All controls shall be capable of operating in ambient conditions varying between 0-55
deg. C and 90% R.H. non-condensing.

All Control devices shall have a 20 mm conduit knockout. Alternatively, they shall be supplied
with adaptors for 20 mm conduit.

Ancillary Items
When items of equipment are installed in the situations listed below, the BAS contractor
shall include the following ancillary items :

(i) Weather Protection

All devices required to be weatherproofed are detailed in the Schedule of Quantities.


IP ratings for the equipment is mentioned in the respective section.

(ii) Pipework Immersion

Corrosion resisting pockets of a length suitable for the complete active length of the
device, screwed ½” (13 mm) or ¾” (20 mm) NPT suitable for the temperature,
pressure and medium.

(iii) Duct Mounting (Metal or Builders Work)

Mounting flanges, clamping bushes, couplings, locknuts, gaskets, brackets, sealing


glands and any special fittings necessitated by the device.

Additional features

(i) Concealed Adjustment : All two position switching devices shall have concealed
adjustment unless detailed otherwise in the Schedule of Quantities.

(ii) Operating Voltage : All two position switching devices shall operate on 230 v a.c and
all accessible live parts shall be shrouded. An earth terminal shall be provided.

2.0 TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Temperature sensors for space, pipes and ducts, shall be of the Resistance Temperature
detector (RTD) type or thermistor. These shall be two wire type and shall conform to the
following specifications :

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-145

1) Immersion sensors shall be high accuracy type with a high resistance versus
temperature change. The accuracy shall be atleast ± 0.33 degrees F and sensitivity of
atleast 2 ohm/F.

2) Immersion sensors shall be provided with separate stainless steel thermo well. These
shall be manufactured from bar stock with hydrostatic pressure rating of atleast 10
kgf/cm2.

3) The connection to the pipe shall be screwed ¾ inch NPT (M). An aluminum sleeve shall
be provided to ensure proper heat transfer from the well to the sensor.
Terminations to be provided on the head. Flying leads shall not be acceptable.

4) The sensor housing shall plug into the base so that the same can be easily removed
without disturbing the wiring connections.

5) Duct temperature sensors shall be with rigid stem and of averaging type. These shall be
suitable for duct installation.

6) Outdoor air temperature sensor shall be provided with a sun shield.

7) The sensors shall not be mounted near any heat source such as windows, electrical
appliances etc.

The temperature sensors may be of any of the following types :

1) PT 100, PT 1000, PT 3000


2) NI 100, NI 1000
3) Balco 500.
4) Thermistor

3.0 HUMIDITY SENSOR

Space and duct humidity sensors shall be of capacitance type with an effective sensing range
of 10% to 90% RH. Accuracy shall be + 3% or better. Duct mounted humidity sensors shall be
provided with a sampling chamber. Wall mounted sensors shall be provided with a housing.
The sensor housing shall plug into the base so that the same can be easily removed without
disturbing the wiring connections. The sensors shall not be mounted near any heat source
such as windows, electrical appliances etc.

4.0 FLOW METER

Water flow meters shall be either Ultrasonic type or electromagnetic type. For
electromagnetic flow meter, teflon lining with 316 SS electrodes must be provided. The
housing shall have IP 55 protection. Vendors shall have to get their design/ selection
approved by the Consultant, prior to the supply.

The exact ranges to be set shall be determined by the contractor at the time of
commissioning. It should be possible to ‘zero’ the flowmeter without any external
instruments, with the overall accuracy of atleast ± 1% full scale.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-146

5.0 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER FOR WATER

Pressure transmitters shall be piezo-electric type or diaphragm type. (Bourdon Tube type
shall not be acceptable). Output shall be 4-20mA or 0-10V DC and the range as specified in
the data sheet depending on the line pressure. Power supply shall be either 24 V AC, 24 V DC
or 230 V AC. Connection shall be as per manufacturer’s standards. The pressure detector
shall be capable of withstanding a hydraulic test pressure of twice the working pressure. The
set point shall fall within 40%-70% of the sensing range and detector shall have sensitivity
such that change of 1.5% from the stabilized condition shall cause modulation of the
corrective element. The sensor must be pressure compensated for a medium temperature of
-10 o C to 60o C with ambient ranging between 0 o C to 55 o C.

6.0 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH FOR PIPE WORK

These shall be used to measure pressure differential across suction and discharge of pumps.
The range shall be as specified in the data sheet. Switch shall be ON with increase in
differential. Housing for these shall be weather proof with IP 55 protection. The pressure
switch shall be capable of withstanding a hydraulic test pressure of 1.5 times the working
pressure. The set point shall fall in 40-70% of the scale range and shall have differentials
adjustable over 10%-30% of the scale range. The switches shall be provided with site
adjustable scale and with 2 NO/NC contacts.

7.0 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH FOR AIR SYSTEMS

These shall be diaphragm operated. Switches shall be supplied with air connections
permitting their use as static or differential pressure switches.

The switch shall be of differential pressure type complete with connecting tube and metal
bends for connections to the duct. The housing shall be IP 54 rated. The pressure switches
shall be available in minimum of 3 ranges suitable for applications like Air flow proving, dirty
filter, etc. The set point shall be concealed type. The contact shall be SPDT type with 230
VAC, 1 A rating.

The switch shall be supplied suitable for wall mounting on ducts in any plane. It should be
mounted in such a way that the condensation flow out of the sensing tips. Proper adaptor
shall be provided for the cables.

The set point shall fall within 40%-70% of the scale range and l has differentials adjustable
over 10%-30% of the scale range.

The switches shall be provided with site adjustable scale and with 2 NO/NC contacts.

8.0 AIR FLOW SWITCHES

Air flow switches shall be selected for the correct air velocity, duct size and mounting
attitude. If any special atmospheric conditions are detailed in the Schedule of Quantity
the parts of the switches shall be suitably coated or made to withstand such conditions.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-147

These shall be suitable for mounting in any plane. Output shall be 2 NO/NC potential free.
Site adjustable scale shall also be provided.

9.0 AIR PRESSURE SENSOR

The pressure sensor shall be differential type. The construction shall be spring loaded
diaphragm type. The movement of the membrane in relation to the pressure should be
converted by an inductive electromagnet coupling which would give an output suitable for
the controller. The pressure sensor shall be in a housing having IP 54 ratings in accordance
with IEC 529. Suitable mounting arrangement shall be available on the sensor. The sensor
shall come complete with the PVC tubes & probes.

10.0 WATER FLOW SWITCH

These shall be paddle type and suitable for the type of liquid flowing in the line. Output shall
be 2NO/2NC potential free.

11.0 TRANSDUCERS FOR ELECTRICAL SERVICES

Electrical transducers shall be integrated electronic type and rack mounted on the field. These
shall work on 230 V supply with the output being standard type i.e. 4-20 mA, 0- 10 Volts etc.

Power factor, Voltage, Current, Frequency and Kilowatt transducers shall have standard
output signal for measurement for the specified variable.

Kilowatt-Hour metering (if any) shall be poly-phase; three- element with current transformer
(CT) operated type. The metering shall feature high accuracy with no more than +/- 1% error
over the expected load range. The coils shall be totally encapsulated against high impulse
levels.

12.0 LEVEL SWITCH

The level switches shall have to meet the following requirement :

Type : Float Type/Capacitance type/Conductivity type


Mounting : To suit application.
Connection : Flanged ANSI 150 lbs RF Carbon steel
Float material : 316 SS
Stem Material : 316 SS
Output : 2 NO, 2 NC potential free
Switch Enclosure : IP 55

13.0 DIGITAL THERMOSTATS

Thermostats for FCU’s should be Digital on/off OR Modulating Type for Actuating 2 way or 3
way Valves (On-off/Modulating)

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-148

Thermostats should display Room Temp and Setpoint simultaneously which is easy to read
from atleast 6-8 feet distance.

Thermostats should have Fan Speed Control Switch (Low-Med-High-Auto). Auto Mode
should be able to save energy by automatically reducing the Fan Speed when Room Temp
Achieves Set Point.

LCD Display should be available in Blue or Green Backlit for ease in viewing the Room
Temperature and Setpoint.

Thermostats should work on 230V PS for on-off models and 24V for Modulating Thermostats

The User Settings should be retained in Thermostat Memory in case of Power Failure

The Switching Relays should be separately wired and should be mounted inside the Junction
Box, so that the Thermostat front is sleek in mounting. Thermostat Thickness should be
17mm or less

Thermostats should have Energy Savings Feature with dual setpoint which can be
interlocked with Occupancy Sensor or Hotel Key Card input. This should be indicated in the
LCD Display in the mode it is being operated. This Programming should be possible by Hotel
maintenance Staff.

Thermostats should be similar or equivalent to Honeywell Halo Series Digital Thermostats


Model T6861 (on/off) or T6865 (modulating) version.

14.0 Pressure Independent Dynamic Balancing Valve (ranges from25mm to 150mm)

The Valve should have self Dynamic Flow Control Valves that are pressure independent, two
way, Modulating to accept digital/analog input BMS/Controller signals and should provide
position feedback signal to the control system. The Feedback signal should have the feedback
feature of the Valve / Actuator itself without any need of any additional accessory/ instrument/
device.

 PICV should be capable of maintaining the max flow rate atleast +/-4% Accuracy
 The PICV Should be capable of maintaining Linear Temperature Control, Pressure
Independence and Electric Modulation in one Valve body.
 The Flow rates should be field settable electronically upto 60% of the valve Max set Flow
rate
 The Differential Pressure Ranges for which the valve can maintain the flow rates should be
mentioned in the Product literature

 Valve Actuator housing shall be rated to IP54


 Actuator shall be driven by a 24Vac power supply and shall accept universal Input signals
like 0/2-10Vdc or 4-20mA signal
 Actuator shall be capable of providing feedback Signal of 0/2-10Vdc to the Control
System/BMS
 PICV should have an option for adjusting the Flow Characteristics as per AHU in every PICV
to ensure Linear Temp Control.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-149

 PICV should have an option for changing the Max Flow Rates in future and no additional
Instrument should be required. Flow Values can be changed by entering in LCD Display only
and not by any DIP Switches or Setting Dial to improve accuracy.
 PICV shall provide full valve Authority
 PICV Valve body shall be rated at least PN16
 Max Close off Pressure shall be mentioned in the Product Datasheet.
 Min Working Differential Pressure shall be 30Kpa
 Valve shall be Internal BSP Threaded from DN25 to DN50 and Flanged end Connection for
DN65 to DN150
 Min Stroke Length of the Valve shall be 20mm
 Media Temperature : 0-130 deg C
 Valve shall be of Brass/Bronze Construction upto DN50 and Cast Iron upto DN150
 Shut off Leakage shall be 0.1 Kvs

15.0 MOTORIZED BUTTERFLY VALVE

Valve Body
Type of Valve : Butterfly Valve
Body Material : Cast Iron or Ductile Iron Body
Disc Material : Nickel plated Ductile Iron
Stem : SS416
Liner Material : EPDM
Nominal Static Body Rating : PN16
Tightness : Bubble Tight
Medium Temperature : -10 dec C to 120 deg C
Pipe Connection : ISO7005-2

Actuator
Type : Electric
Motor Supply : 230 Vac, 50hz/60Hz
Travel Angle : 90 deg +/- 5 deg
Enclosure : IP67 Waterproof
Indicator : Continuous Position Indicator
Space Heater : 15W 220V Anti Condensation
Stall Protection : Built-in thermal protection Cut off at 125 ± 5
Reset at 95 ± 5
Manual Override : By Handwheel, nonclutch design
Torque Limit Switches : 2 nos.
External Coating : Dry Aluminium Alloy in Painted Black
Make : Honeywell

16.0 ON/OFF TYPE FCU VALVES

Two way on/off type FCU valve

The two way FCU valve should be design in such a way that it can withstand a static pressure of
20 bar and a burst pressure of 100 bar.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-150

The ports are designated in such a way that flow through the two way valve can be in either
direction.

The valve shall be designed to handle the fluid temperature from1degreeC to 95O C

It can withstand the differential pressure upto 4 Bar.

The valve is of bronze body with stainless steel stem and Noryl cover.

The FCU valve shall have a minimum stroke length of 10mm so that it has the sufficient distance
to travel.

The hydronic FCU valves shall been designed to meet the European standard EN 60730-2-8.

The actuator shall require the power supply of 220 Volts AC so that no transformer is required.

The actuator is easily removable from the valve so that in case the actuator fails at site it can be
easily replaced without affecting the integrity of the water system.

The actuator shall have the provision to operate manually.

The actuator shall meet the low voltage directive 73/23/EEC. The actuator shall be selected in
such a way that the maximum power consumed by the actuator is 6 Watt.

The valve should be similar or equivalent to Honeywell VC6013 version.

17.0 SNAP ACTING DIGITAL THERMOSTATS

Thermostats for FCU’s should be Digital on/off for Actuating 2 way or 3 way Valves (On-
off/Modulating)

Thermostats should display Room Temp and Set point simultaneously which is easy to read
from at least 6-8 feet distance.

Thermostats should have Fan Speed Control Switch (Low-Med-High-Auto). Auto Mode should
be able to save energy by automatically reducing the Fan Speed when Room Temp Achieves
Set Point.

LCD Display should be available in Blue or Green Backlit for ease in viewing the Room
Temperature and Set point.

Thermostats should work on power supply of 230V for on-off models.

The User Settings should be retained in Thermostat Memory in case of Power Failure

The Switching Relays should be separately wired and should be mounted inside the Junction
Box, so that the Thermostat front is sleek in mounting. Thermostat Thickness should be 17mm
or less.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-151

Thermostats should have Energy Savings Feature with dual set point which can be interlocked
with Occupancy Sensor or Hotel Key Card input. This should be indicated in the LCD Display in
the mode it is being operated. This Programming should be possible by Hotel maintenance
Staff.

Thermostats should be similar or equivalent to Honeywell Halo Series Digital Thermostats


Model T6861 (on/off) version.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-152

PART – III: EXECUTION:

1.0 INSTALLATION

All work described in this section shall be performed by system integrators or contractors that
have a successful history in the design and installation of integrated control systems.

Install system and materials in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions, and as detailed on
the project drawing set.

Drawings of the BMS network are diagrammatic only and any apparatus not shown, but
required to make the system operative to the complete satisfaction of the Architect shall be
furnished and installed without additional cost.

Line and low voltage electrical connections to control equipment shown specified or shown on
the control diagrams shall be furnished and installed by this contractor in accordance with
these specifications.

Equipment furnished by the HVAC Contractor that is normally wired before installation shall be
furnished completely wired. Control wiring normally performed in the field will be furnished
and installed by this contractor.

2.0 WIRING:

All electrical control wiring and power wiring to the control panels, NAC, computers and
network components shall be the responsibility of the this contractor.

The electrical contractor shall furnish all power wiring to electrical starters and motors.

All wiring shall be in accordance with the Project Electrical Specifications, the National Electrical
Code and any applicable local codes. All BMS wiring shall be installed in the conduit types
specified in the Electrical Specifications unless otherwise allowed by the National Electrical
Code or applicable local codes. Where BMS plenum rated cable wiring is allowed it shall be run
parallel to or at right angles to the structure, properly supported and installed in a neat and
workmanlike manner.

3.0 WARRANTY

Equipment, materials and workmanship incorporated into the work shall be warranted for a
period of one year from the time of system acceptance.

Within this period, upon notice by the CLIENT, any defects in the work provided under this
section due to faulty materials, methods of installation or workmanship shall be promptly
(within 48 hours after receipt of notice) repaired or replaced by this contractor at no expense to
the CLIENT.

4.0 WARRANTY ACCESS

The CLIENT shall grant to this contractor, reasonable access to the BMS during the warranty
period.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-153

The CLIENT shall allow the contractor to access the BMS from a remote location for the purpose
of diagnostics and troubleshooting, via the Internet, during the warranty period.

5.0 SOFTWARE LICENSE

CLIENT shall be the named license holder of all software associated with any and all incremental
work on the project(s). The owner, or his appointed agent, shall determine which organizations
to be named in the “orgid” of all software licenses.

CLIENT, or his appointed agent, shall be free to direct the modification of the “orgid” in any
software license, regardless of supplier.

The owner, or his appointed agent, shall receive ownership of all job specific software
configuration documentation, data files, and application-level software developed for the
project. This shall include all custom, job specific software code and documentation for all
configuration and programming that is generated for a given project and /or configured for use
within based controllers and/or servers and any related LAN / WAN / Intranet and Internet
connected routers and devices. Any and all required Ids and passwords for access to any
component or software program shall be provided to the owner.

6.0 ACCEPTANCE TESTING

Upon completion of the installation, this contractor shall load all system software and start-up
the system. This contractor shall perform all necessary calibration, testing and de-bugging and
perform all required operational checks to insure that the system is functioning in full
accordance with these specifications.

This contractor shall perform tests to verify proper performance of components, routines, and
points. Repeat tests until proper performance results. This testing shall include a point-by-point
log to validate 100% of the input and output points of the DDC system operation.
Upon completion of the performance tests described above, repeat these tests, point by point
as described in the validation log above in presence of CLIENT's Representative, as required.
Properly schedule these tests so testing is complete at a time directed by the CLIENT's
Representative. Do not delay tests so as to prevent delay of occupancy permits or building
occupancy.

System Acceptance: Satisfactory completion is when BMS contractor have performed


successfully all the required testing to show performance compliance with the requirements of
the Contract Documents to the satisfaction of CLIENT Representative. System acceptance shall
be contingent upon completion and review of all corrected deficiencies.

7.0 OPERATOR INSTRUCTION, TRAINING

During system commissioning and at such time acceptable performance of the BMS hardware
and software has been established this contractor shall provide on-site operator instruction to
the owner's operating personnel. Operator instruction shall be done during normal working
hours and shall be performed by a competent representative familiar with the system
hardware, software and accessories.

This contractor shall provide 40 hours of instruction to the CLIENT's designated personnel on
the operation of the BMS and describe its intended use with respect to the programmed

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-154

functions specified. Operator orientation of the systems shall include, but not be limited to; the
overall operation program, equipment functions (both individually and as part of the total
integrated system), commands, systems generation, advisories, and appropriate operator
intervention required in responding to the System's operation.

The training shall be in three sessions as follows:

1) Initial Training: One day session (8 hours) after system is started up and at least one week
before first acceptance test. Manual shall have been submitted at least two weeks prior to
training so that the owners' personnel can start to familiarize themselves with the system
before classroom instruction begins.

2) First Follow-Up Training: Two days (16 hours total) approximately two weeks after initial
training, and before Formal Acceptance. These sessions will deal with more advanced
topics and answer questions.

3) Warranty Follow Up: Two days (16 hours total) in no less than 4 hour increments, to be
scheduled at the request of the owner during the one year warranty period. These
sessions shall cover topics as requested by the owner such as; how to add additional points,
create and gather data for trends, graphic screen generation or modification of control
routines.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


PART – IV IO SUMMARY

Flame Proof Level


Immersion type t

Flame Proof Fuel


Water DP sensor
DP switch Water

Pressure sensor
Outside T/RH

Air DP sensor
DP switch Air

temperature
Level switch

Flow Switch
Transmitter
Flow Meter

Flow Meter
IAQ Sensor

CO sensor
Duct type
sensor
DATA POINT SUMMARY - RMLA, Lucknow

Sr.
Description AI DI AO DO By IBMS Contractor By 3rd Party Contractors
No.
A Chiller with VFD (5 nos ) Bacnet / Modbus HVAC Vendor to provide RS 485
Interface License MODBUS / Bacnet interface in each
chiller. HVAC Vendor to show the
parameters on the MODSCAN
/Bacstack/Cimetrics software before
integrating to IBMS. All mapping
details & the Master/slave ID setting
in the Chillers to be done by the
HVAC Contractor
1 Chillers - ON / OFF Potential Free Contact Acceptance of Potential Free Output
from BMS to Chiller in Chiller Panel
5 MCC panel

2 Chiller run status Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in Chiller Panel
5 to BMS from Chiller
MCC panel
3 Chiller Auto / Manual Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in Chiller Panel
switch 5 to BMS from Chiller
MCC panel
4 Chillers Trip / Fault Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in Chiller Panel
5 to BMS from Chiller
MCC panel
RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-156

Flame Proof Level


Immersion type t

Flame Proof Fuel


Water DP sensor
DP switch Water

Pressure sensor
Outside T/RH

Air DP sensor
DP switch Air

temperature
Level switch

Flow Switch
Transmitter
Flow Meter

Flow Meter
IAQ Sensor

CO sensor
Duct type
sensor
DATA POINT SUMMARY - RMLA, Lucknow

Sr.
Description AI DI AO DO By IBMS Contractor By 3rd Party Contractors
No.
5 CHW supply / return Immersion Suitable Insertion Provision in Water
temp. 10 temperature sensor Line 10

6 Common Header CDW Immersion Suitable Insertion Provision in Water


supply / return temp. 2 temperature sensor Line 2

7 Common Header CHW Immersion Suitable Insertion Provision in Water


supply / return temp. 2 temperature sensor Line 2

8 Ambient Temperature & Ambient


2 1
Humidity temp/Humidity sensor
9 Chiller isolation Potential Free Contact Butterfly Valves
Mortised valves ON/OFF from BMS to
command & status. 10 10 motorised butter fly
valve with limit switch
for position status.
10 Flow Metering Flow Meter Suitable Insertion Provision in Water
2 Line 2

11 Chilled Water Flow Suitable insertion Suitable Insertion Provision in Water


Status 5 provision Line 5

B Primary Chilled Water


Pumps (6 Nos )

1 Pump ON / OFF Potential Free Contact Acceptance of Potential Free Output


from BMS to Pump in Pump Panel
6 Starter panel

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-157

Flame Proof Level


Immersion type t

Flame Proof Fuel


Water DP sensor
DP switch Water

Pressure sensor
Outside T/RH

Air DP sensor
DP switch Air

temperature
Level switch

Flow Switch
Transmitter
Flow Meter

Flow Meter
IAQ Sensor

CO sensor
Duct type
sensor
DATA POINT SUMMARY - RMLA, Lucknow

Sr.
Description AI DI AO DO By IBMS Contractor By 3rd Party Contractors
No.
2 Pump run status Differential Switch Suitable Insertion Provision in Water
6 across Pumps Line 6

3 Pump Auto / Manual Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in Pump Panel
switch status 6 at Auto/Manual Switch

4 CHW pump trip status. Signal from potential Potential Free Contact in Pump Panel
6 free contact.

C Secondary Chilled
Water Pumps (7 Nos)
1 Pump ON / OFF Potential Free Contact Acceptance of Potential Free Output
from BMS to Pump in Pump Panel
7 Starter panel

2 Pump run status Differential Switch Suitable Insertion Provision in Water


7 across Pumps Line 7

3 Pump Auto / Manual Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in Pump Panel
switch status 7 at Auto/Manual Switch

4 VFD Speed Control 0-10 Vdc from BMS to Acceptance of 0-10 Vdc in VFD
7 VFD
5 VFD Speed Feedback 0-10 Vdc from VFD Provision of 0-10 Vdc in VFD for
7 Speedfeed back

6 Differential pressure Differential Pressure Suitable Insertion Provision in Water


sensor across Pump 7 Sensor Line 7

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-158

Flame Proof Level


Immersion type t

Flame Proof Fuel


Water DP sensor
DP switch Water

Pressure sensor
Outside T/RH

Air DP sensor
DP switch Air

temperature
Level switch

Flow Switch
Transmitter
Flow Meter

Flow Meter
IAQ Sensor

CO sensor
Duct type
sensor
DATA POINT SUMMARY - RMLA, Lucknow

Sr.
Description AI DI AO DO By IBMS Contractor By 3rd Party Contractors
No.
7 VFD Trip Status Signal from potential Potential Free Contact in VFD
7 free contact.
8 CHW pump trip status. Signal from potential Potential Free Contact in Pump Panel
7 free contact.

D Condenser Water Pumps


- (6 Nos.)
1 Condenser Water pump Potential Free Contact Acceptance of Potential Free Output
ON / OFF Command. from BMS to Pump in Pump Panel
6 Starter panel

2 Condenser Water pump Differential pressure Suitable Insertion Provision in Water


ON / OFF status. switch across the CHW Line
6 pumps for ON/OFF 6
status.
3 Condenser Water pump Signal from A/M Potential Free Contact in Pump Panel
Auto / Manual status. 6 switch.

4 Condenser Water pump Signal from potential Potential Free Contact in Pump Panel
trip status. 6 free contact.

E Cooling Tower - 5 Nos.


1 Cooling Tower sump Imm type temp
outlet temperature. 5 sensor. 5

2 Cooling Tower fan Potential Free Contact Acceptance of Potential Free Output
ON/OFF command. 10 from BMS to CT in CT Panel
Starter panel

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-159

Flame Proof Level


Immersion type t

Flame Proof Fuel


Water DP sensor
DP switch Water

Pressure sensor
Outside T/RH

Air DP sensor
DP switch Air

temperature
Level switch

Flow Switch
Transmitter
Flow Meter

Flow Meter
IAQ Sensor

CO sensor
Duct type
sensor
DATA POINT SUMMARY - RMLA, Lucknow

Sr.
Description AI DI AO DO By IBMS Contractor By 3rd Party Contractors
No.
3 Cooling Tower fan trip Signal from potential Potential Free Contact in CT Panel
10
status. free contact.
4 VFD Speed Control 0-10 Vdc from BMS to Acceptance of 0-10 Vdc in VFD
10 VFD
5 VFD Speed Feedback 0-10 Vdc from VFD Provision of 0-10 Vdc in VFD for
10 Speedfeed back

6 Cooling Tower fan Auto/ Signal from potential Potential Free Contact in CT Panel
Manual status. 10 free contact.

7 Sump level monitoring Signal from level Suitable Insertion Provision in Cooling
low 5 switch Tower 5

8 Cooling Tower run Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in Panel
Status 10 to BMS from panel

Sub Total (A+B+C+D+E)


47 129 17 44 19 1 5 19 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 5 2

F Air Handling Units With


VFDs - 92 Nos
1 AHU ON/OFF Potential Free Contact Acceptance of Potential Free Output
92 from BMS to fan in AHU Panel
Starter panel
2 AHU Air Flow status Differential Switch Suitable Insertion Provision in AHU
92 92
across Fans
3 AHU Auto / Manual Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in AHU Panel
status 92 at Auto/Manual Switch

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-160

Flame Proof Level


Immersion type t

Flame Proof Fuel


Water DP sensor
DP switch Water

Pressure sensor
Outside T/RH

Air DP sensor
DP switch Air

temperature
Level switch

Flow Switch
Transmitter
Flow Meter

Flow Meter
IAQ Sensor

CO sensor
Duct type
sensor
DATA POINT SUMMARY - RMLA, Lucknow

Sr.
Description AI DI AO DO By IBMS Contractor By 3rd Party Contractors
No.
4 AHU filter status Differential Pressure Suitable Insertion Provision in AHU
92 92
Switch across filter
5 VFD Speed Control 0-10 Vdc from BMS to Acceptance of 0-10 Vdc in VFD
92 VFD
6 VFD Speed Feedback 0-10 Vdc from VFD Provision of 0-10 Vdc in VFD for
92 Speedfeed back

7 VFD Trip Status Signal from potential Potential Free Contact in VFD
92 free contact.
8 Duct Pressure Duct Pressure Sensor
92 92
Monitoring
9 Return Air Temperature Duct Temperature Suitable Insertion Provision in AHU
92 92
Sensor
10 Motorised Valve Cooling 0-10 V DC Signal 2 / 3 Way Control Valve by HVAC,
92 with acceptance of 0-10 V DC Signal

11 IAQ Sensor on Return Air IAQ Sensor Suitable Insertion Provision in AHU
92 92

12 Fresh Air Damper Status 0-10 V DC Signal Motorised Damper By HVAC, with
/ Control acceptance of 0-10 V DC Signal
92 92

13 Rellief air Damper status 0-10 V DC Signal Motorised Damper By HVAC, with
92 92
/ Control acceptance of 0-10 V DC Signal
Sub Total (F) 552 368 368 92 0 0 0 0 184 92 92 0 0 92 0 0 0 0
G TFA's with VFD - 30 Nos.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-161

Flame Proof Level


Immersion type t

Flame Proof Fuel


Water DP sensor
DP switch Water

Pressure sensor
Outside T/RH

Air DP sensor
DP switch Air

temperature
Level switch

Flow Switch
Transmitter
Flow Meter

Flow Meter
IAQ Sensor

CO sensor
Duct type
sensor
DATA POINT SUMMARY - RMLA, Lucknow

Sr.
Description AI DI AO DO By IBMS Contractor By 3rd Party Contractors
No.
1 TFA ON/OFF Potential Free Contact Acceptance of Potential Free Output
30 from BMS to fan in AHU Panel
Starter panel
2 TFA Air Flow status Differential Switch Suitable Insertion Provision in AHU
30 across Fans 30
3 TFA Auto / Manual Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in AHU Panel
status 30 at Auto/Manual Switch

4 TFA filter status Differential Pressure Suitable Insertion Provision in AHU


30 30
Switch across filter
5 VFD Speed Control 0-10 Vdc from BMS to Acceptance of 0-10 Vdc in VFD
30 VFD
6 VFD Speed Feedback 0-10 Vdc from VFD Provision of 0-10 Vdc in VFD for
30 Speedfeed back

7 VFD Trip Status Signal from potential Potential Free Contact in VFD
30 free contact.
8 Duct Pressure Duct Pressure Sensor
30 30
Monitoring
9 Supply Air Temperature Duct Temperature Suitable Insertion Provision in AHU
30 30
Sensor
10 Motorised Valve Cooling 0-10 V DC Signal 2 / 3 Way Control Valve by HVAC,
with acceptance of 0-10 V DC Signal
30

Sub Total (G) 90 120 60 30 0 0 0 0 60 30 30 0 0 0 0 0 0 0


H HRW AHU's with VFD - 7
Nos.

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-162

Flame Proof Level


Immersion type t

Flame Proof Fuel


Water DP sensor
DP switch Water

Pressure sensor
Outside T/RH

Air DP sensor
DP switch Air

temperature
Level switch

Flow Switch
Transmitter
Flow Meter

Flow Meter
IAQ Sensor

CO sensor
Duct type
sensor
DATA POINT SUMMARY - RMLA, Lucknow

Sr.
Description AI DI AO DO By IBMS Contractor By 3rd Party Contractors
No.
1 HRW AHU'S ON/OFF Potential Free Contact Acceptance of Potential Free Output
14 from BMS to fan in AHU Panel
Starter panel
2 HRW AHU'S Air Flow Differential Switch Suitable Insertion Provision in AHU
status 14 across Fans 14
3 HRW AHU'S Auto / Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in AHU Panel
Manual status 14 at Auto/Manual Switch

4 HRW AHU'S filter status Differential Pressure Suitable Insertion Provision in AHU
7 7
Switch across filter
5 Air Temperature Duct Temperature Suitable Insertion Provision in AHU
7 7
6 VFD Speed Control 0-10 Vdc from BMS to Acceptance of 0-10 Vdc in VFD
7 VFD
7 VFD Speed Feedback 0-10 Vdc from VFD Provision of 0-10 Vdc in VFD for
7
Speedfeed back
8 Duct Pressure Duct Pressure Sensor
14 14
Monitoring
9 VFD Trip Status Signal from potential Potential Free Contact in VFD
14 free contact.
Sub Total (H) 28 49 7 14 0 0 0 0 21 7 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
I Liftwell Pressurization
Fans - 17 Nos.
1 Fan ON/OFF Potential Free Contact Acceptance of Potential Free Output
17 from BMS to fan in AHU Panel
Starter panel
2 Fan Air Flow status Differential Switch Suitable Insertion Provision in AHU
17 17
across Fans

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-163

Flame Proof Level


Immersion type t

Flame Proof Fuel


Water DP sensor
DP switch Water

Pressure sensor
Outside T/RH

Air DP sensor
DP switch Air

temperature
Level switch

Flow Switch
Transmitter
Flow Meter

Flow Meter
IAQ Sensor

CO sensor
Duct type
sensor
DATA POINT SUMMARY - RMLA, Lucknow

Sr.
Description AI DI AO DO By IBMS Contractor By 3rd Party Contractors
No.
3 Fan Auto / Manual Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in AHU Panel
status 17 at Auto/Manual Switch
Sub Total (I) 0 34 0 17 0 0 0 0 17 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
J Ventillation Fans
without VFD - 205 Nos

1 Fan ON/OFF Potential Free Contact Acceptance of Potential Free Output


205 from BMS to fan in AHU Panel
Starter panel
2 Fan Air Flow status Differential Switch Suitable Insertion Provision in AHU
205 across Fans 205
3 Fan Auto / Manual Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in AHU Panel
status 205 at Auto/Manual Switch

4 Fan Trip Status Signal from potential Potential Free Contact in VFD
205 free contact.
5 CO Sensor Signal from potential Potential Free Contact in VFD
90 free contact. 90
Sub Total (J) 90 615 0 205 0 0 0 0 205 0 0 0 0 0 90 0 0 0 0
L Hot Water Generator - 2
Nos
1 Boiler Start/Stop Potential Free Contact Acceptance of Potential Free Output
Command 2 from BMS to Starter in Panel
panel
2 Boiler on/off status Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in Panel
2 at Panel

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-164

Flame Proof Level


Immersion type t

Flame Proof Fuel


Water DP sensor
DP switch Water

Pressure sensor
Outside T/RH

Air DP sensor
DP switch Air

temperature
Level switch

Flow Switch
Transmitter
Flow Meter

Flow Meter
IAQ Sensor

CO sensor
Duct type
sensor
DATA POINT SUMMARY - RMLA, Lucknow

Sr.
Description AI DI AO DO By IBMS Contractor By 3rd Party Contractors
No.
3 Boiler Auto / Manual Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in Panel
switch 2 to BMS from panel

4 Boiler Trip / Fault status Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in Panel
2 to BMS from panel
5 Water In & Out Immersion Suitable Insertion Provision in Water
Temperature 4 temperature sensor Line 4

6 Boiler run status Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in Panel
2
to BMS from panel
7 Bolier isolation Mortised Potential Free Contact Butterfly Valves
valves ON/OFF from BMS to
command & status. 2 2 motorised butter fly
valve with limit switch
for position status.
Sub Total (L) 4 10 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
M Fire Fighting System
1 Hydrant pressure Pressure Sensor Suitable Insertion Provision in Water
monitoring 1 Line 1

2 Sprinkler pressure Pressure Sensor Suitable Insertion Provision in Water


3 3
monitoring Line
3 Jockey Pump run status Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in Panel
1 at Panel
4 Sprinkler Pump run Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in Panel
1
status at Panel
5 Fire Pump Run Status Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in Panel
(Electrically driven) 1 at Panel
6 Fire Pump Run Status Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in Panel
1
(Diesel driven) at Panel

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-165

Flame Proof Level


Immersion type t

Flame Proof Fuel


Water DP sensor
DP switch Water

Pressure sensor
Outside T/RH

Air DP sensor
DP switch Air

temperature
Level switch

Flow Switch
Transmitter
Flow Meter

Flow Meter
IAQ Sensor

CO sensor
Duct type
sensor
DATA POINT SUMMARY - RMLA, Lucknow

Sr.
Description AI DI AO DO By IBMS Contractor By 3rd Party Contractors
No.
Sub Total (M) 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0
N Water Supply System
1 Water Tank High / Low Level Switch Suitable Insertion Provision
20 10
Level
2 Domestic Water Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in Pump Panel
Transfer Pump On/Off 2 to BMS from fan
Control Starter panel
3 Domestic Water Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in Pump Panel
Transfer Pump 2 to BMS from fan
Auto/Manual Status Starter panel
4 Domestic Water Transfe Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in Pump Panel
Pump run status 2 to BMS from fan
Starter panel
5 Filter Feed Pump On/Off Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in Pump Panel
Control 2 to BMS from fan
Starter panel
6 Filter Feed Pump Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in Pump Panel
Auto/Manual Status 2 to BMS from fan
Starter panel
7 Filter Feed Pump run Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in Pump Panel
status 2 to BMS from fan
Starter panel
8 Sump Pump On/Off Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in Pump Panel
Control 8 to BMS from fan
Starter panel
9 Sump Pump Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in Pump Panel
Auto/Manual Status 8 to BMS from fan
Starter panel

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-166

Flame Proof Level


Immersion type t

Flame Proof Fuel


Water DP sensor
DP switch Water

Pressure sensor
Outside T/RH

Air DP sensor
DP switch Air

temperature
Level switch

Flow Switch
Transmitter
Flow Meter

Flow Meter
IAQ Sensor

CO sensor
Duct type
sensor
DATA POINT SUMMARY - RMLA, Lucknow

Sr.
Description AI DI AO DO By IBMS Contractor By 3rd Party Contractors
No.
10 Sump Pump run status Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in Pump Panel
8 to BMS from fan
Starter panel
11 Soft Water Pump Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in Pump Panel
Auto/Manual Status 2 to BMS from fan
Starter panel
12 Soft Water Pump run Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in Pump Panel
status 2 to BMS from fan
Starter panel
13 STP Pumps Run status Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact in Pump Panel
10 to BMS from fan
Starter panel
Sub Total (N) 0 58 12 0 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
O Electrical System - HT
Panels , LT Panels
1 HT / LT Breaker Phase Provision of suitable rating PT in
Voltage Monitoring (8 Panel
Nos.)
2 HT / LT Breaker Phase Provision of suitable rating CT in
Current Monitoring (35 Panel
Nos.)
Through Modbus Output
3 HT / LT Breaker Provision of suitable rating CT/PT in
of Multi data meters
Frequency Monitoring (4 Panel
Nos.)
4 HT / LT Breaker KW Provision of suitable rating CT/PT in
Monitoring (24 Nos.) Panel
5 HT / LT Breaker KWH Provision of suitable rating CT/PT in
Monitoring (35 Nos.) Panel

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-167

Flame Proof Level


Immersion type t

Flame Proof Fuel


Water DP sensor
DP switch Water

Pressure sensor
Outside T/RH

Air DP sensor
DP switch Air

temperature
Level switch

Flow Switch
Transmitter
Flow Meter

Flow Meter
IAQ Sensor

CO sensor
Duct type
sensor
DATA POINT SUMMARY - RMLA, Lucknow

Sr.
Description AI DI AO DO By IBMS Contractor By 3rd Party Contractors
No.
6 HT / LT Breaker On/Off Potential Free Contact in Panel
40
status
7 Bus Coupler On/Off Potential Free Contact in Panel
Status 2
8 HT / LT Breaker Trip Potential Free Contact in Panel
40
Status
Sub Total (O) 0 82 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
P Diesel Generator Integration through DG Panel vendor to provide RS 485
Modbus Protocol MODBUS RTU. The electrical vendor
to show the parameters on the
MODSCAN software before
integrating to IBMS. All mapping
details & the Master/slave ID setting
in the meter to be done by the DG
vendor

1 DG Start/Stop Stauts Potential Free Contact


4 from BMS to DG
Starter panel
2 DG AMF Breaker Status Potential Free Contact
4 from BMS to DG
Starter panel
3 Bulk Storage Tank level Flame Proof Level
1 1
Monitoring Transmitter
4 Flow Meter at Inlet & Flow Meter of 75 mm
Outlet of Bulk Storage 2 2
Tank
5 Flow Meter at Inlet of Flow Meter of 25 mm
4 4
Day oil Tank

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC-TS-168

Flame Proof Level


Immersion type t

Flame Proof Fuel


Water DP sensor
DP switch Water

Pressure sensor
Outside T/RH

Air DP sensor
DP switch Air

temperature
Level switch

Flow Switch
Transmitter
Flow Meter

Flow Meter
IAQ Sensor

CO sensor
Duct type
sensor
DATA POINT SUMMARY - RMLA, Lucknow

Sr.
Description AI DI AO DO By IBMS Contractor By 3rd Party Contractors
No.
6 DG Oil Day Tank Level Flame Proof Level
4 4
Transmitter
Sub Total (P) 11 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 5 0 0
Q VFDs - on Modbus RTU Integration of VFDs
/ Bacnet through Modbus
Protocol / Bacnet
R VAV - 89 on Bacnet IP Integration of VAV
through Bacnet IP
S BTU Meter - 72 Nos. on Integration of BTU
M-BUS Meter through M-BUS
T Fire Alarm System Integration of FAS
through
Modbus/Bacnet/OPC
Protocols of all
devices/detectors
Grand Total (A to T) 826 1477 452 418 23 1 15 19 487 129 136 7 4 92 90 6 5 5 2

HVAC Works: Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


III) ELECTRICAL SYSTEM:

I. SCOPE

The scope of this section comprises of fabrication, supply, erection, testing and
commissioning of Motor Control Centre (MCC), wiring and cable tray of all air-conditioning
equipment, components and accessories.

A) GENERAL

The electrical Installation work shall be carried out in accordance with Indian Standard Code
of Practice. It shall also be in conformity with the current Indian Electricity rules and
regulations and requirements of the Local Electricity Supply Authority and Fire Insurance
regulations so far as these becomes applicable to the installation. Electrical work in general
shall be carried out as per following CPWD Specifications.

General Specifications for Electrical Works.

- Part -I - Internal Work - 2007.

- Part -II - External Work - 1995/Latest.

- Part -IV - Substation Work - 2007.

Wherever this specifications calls for a higher standard of material and or workmanship than
those required by any of the above mentions regulations and specification then the
specification here under shall take precedence over the said regulations and standards.

B) CABLES & CABLE TRAY

1.0 STANDARDS OF CODES

This chapter covers the specifications for supply and laying of Medium Voltage XLPE
insulated PVC sheathed FRLS cables for 1100 volts.

All equipments, components, materials and entire work shall be carried out in conformity
with applicable and relevant Bureau of Indian Standards and Codes of Practice, as amended
upto date. In addition, relevant clauses of the Indian Electricity Act 1910 and Indian
Electricity Rules 1956 as amended upto date shall also apply. Wherever appropriate Indian
Standards are not available, relevant British and /or IEC Standards shall be applicable.

2.0 CABLES
Medium voltage cables shall be aluminium conductor XLPE insulated, PVC sheathed FRLS
armoured conforming to latest IS. Cables shall be rated for a 1100 Volts.
RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC:TS-170

All Conductor cables shall be as per BOQ.


Conductors shall be insulated with high quality XLPE base compound. A common covering
(bedding) shall be applied over the laid up cores by extruded sheath of unvulcanised
compound. Armouring shall be applied below outer sheath of PVC sheathing. The outer
sheath shall bear the manufacturer’s name and trade mark at every meter length. Cores
shall be provided with following colour scheme of PVC insulation.

1 Core : Red/Black/Yellow/Blue
2 Core : Red and Black
3 Core : Red, Yellow and Blue
3 ½ /4 Core : Red, Yellow, Blue and Black

3.0 LAYING
Cables shall be laid as per the specifications given below :

3.1 Duct system


Wherever specified such as road crossing, entry to building or in paved area etc. cables shall
be laid in underground ducts. The duct system shall consists of a required number of stone
ware pipes, GI, CI or spun reinforced concrete pipe with simplex joints and all the jointing
work shall be done according to the CPWD building specifications or as per the instructions
of the Engineer-In-Charge as the case may be. The size of the pipe shall not be less than
100mm in diameter for a single cable and shall not be less than 150mm for more than one
cable and so on. The pipe shall be laid directly in ground without making any special bed but
wherever asbestos cement pipes are used, the pipes shall be encased in concrete of 75mm
thick. The ducts shall be properly anchored to prevent any movement. The top surface of
the cable ducts shall not be less than 60 cm. below the ground level. The ducts shall be laid
a gradient of at least 1:300. The duct shall be provided manholes of adequate size at regular
intervals for drawing the cables. The manhole cover and frame shall be of cast iron and
machine finished to ensure a perfect joint. The manhole covers shall be installed flush with
the ground or paved surfaces. The duct entry to the manholes shall be made leak proof with
lead-wool joints. The ducts shall be properly plugged at the ends to prevent entry of water,
rodents, etc. Suitable duct markers shall be placed along the run of the cable ducts. The
duct markers shall at least be 15 cm. square embedded in concrete, indicating duct. Suitable
cable supports made of angle iron shall be provided in the manholes for supporting the
cables. Proper identification tags shall be provided for each cable in the manholes.

3.2 Cables in outdoor trenches


Cable shall be laid in outdoor trenches wherever called for. The depth of the trenches shall
not be less than 75cm from the final ground level. The width of the trenches shall not be
less than 45 cm. However, where more than one cable is laid, an axial distance of not less
than 15 cm. shall be allowed between the cables. The trenches shall be excavated in
reasonably straight line with vertical side walls and with uniform depth. Wherever there is a
change in direction suitable curvature shall be provided complying with the requirements.
Suitable shoring and propping may be done to avoid caving in of trench walls. The bottom of
the trench shall be level and free from stone brick bats etc. The trench shall then be
provided with a layer of clean, dry sand cushion of not less than 8 cm. in depth.

The cable shall be pulled over rollers in the trench steadily and uniformly without jerks and
strains. The entire cable length shall as far as possible be paved of in one stretch. However
where this is not possible the remainder of the cable may be removed by "Flaking" i.e. by
HVAC Works : Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.
RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC:TS-171

making one long loop in the reverse direction. After the cable has been uncoiled and laid
into the trench over the rollers, the cable shall be lifted slightly over the rollers beginning
from one end by helpers standing about 10 mtrs. apart and drawn straight. The cable should
then be taken off the rollers by additional helpers lifting the cable and then laid in a
reasonably straight line.

For short cut runs and sizes upto 50 sq.mm of cables upto 1.1 KV grade any other suitable
method of direct handling and laying can be adopted with the prior approval of the
Engineer-in-charge.

When the cable has been properly straightened, the cores are tested for continuity and
insulation resistance and the cable length then measured. The ends of all cables shall be
sealed immediately. In case of PVC cables suitable moisture seal tape shall be used for this
purpose.

Cable laid in trenches in a single tier formation shall have a covering of clean, dry sand of not
less 17 cms above the base cushion of sand before the protective cover is laid. In the case of
vertical multi tier formation after the first cable has been laid, a sand cushion of 30 cms shall
be provided over the initial bed before the second tier is laid. If additional tiers
are formed, each of the subsequent tiers also shall have a sand cushion of 30 cms as stated
above. The top most cable shall have final sand covering not less than 17 cms before the
protective cover is laid.

Unless otherwise specified, the cables shall be protected by the second class bricks of not
less 20 cms x 10 cms x 10 cms (nominal size) protection covers placed on top of the sand
(bricks to be laid breadth wise) for the full length of the cable. Where more than one cable
is to be laid in the same trench, this protective covering shall cover all the cables and project
at 5 cm. over the sides of the end cables. The trenches shall be taken back filled with
excavated earth free from stones or other sharp edge debris and shall be rammed and
watered, if necessary, in successive layers not exceeding 30 cm, unless otherwise specified.

3.3 Route Marker


Cable route marker marked "Cable" shall be provided alongwith the route of the cable and
location of loops. The route markers shall be of tapered concrete slab of 60 x 60cm at
bottom and 50 x 50cm at top having a thickness of 10cm. Cable marker shall be mounted
parallel to and 50cm away from the edge of the trench.

3.4 Cables in indoor trenches


Cables shall be laid in indoor trenches wherever specified. The trench shall be made of brick
masonry with smooth cement mortar finish with suitable removable covers (i.e. precasted
slabs or chequered plates). The dimensions of the trenches shall be determined depending
upon the maximum number of cables that is expected to be accommodated and can be
conveniently laid. Cables shall be arranged in tier formation in trenches and if necessary,
cables may be fixed with clamps. Suitable clamps, hooks and saddles shall be used for
securing the cables in position. Spacing between the cables shall not be less than 15 cm
centre to centre. Wherever specified, trenches shall be filled with fine sand and covered
with RCC or steel chequered trench covers.

3.5 Cable on Trays/Racks


Cable shall be laid on cable trays/racks wherever specified. Cable racks/trays shall be of
ladder, trough or channel design suitable for the purpose. The nominal depth of the
trays/racks shall be 150 mm. The width of the trays shall be made of steel or aluminium.
The trays/racks shall be completed with end plates, tees, elbows, risers, and all necessary
HVAC Works : Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.
RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC:TS-172

hardware, entire steel trays/ racks shall be hot dip galvanized including widths & accessories.
Cable trays shall be erected properly to present a neat and clean appearance. Suitable
cleats or saddles made of aluminium strips with PVC covering shall be used for securing the
cables to the cable trays. The cable trays shall comply with the following requirements :

i) The tray shall have suitable strength and rigidity to provide adequate support for all
contained cables.

ii) It shall not present sharp edges, burrs or projections injurious to the insulation of
wiring/cables.

iii) If made of metal, it shall be adequately protected against corrosion or shall be made of
corrosion-resistant material.

iv) It shall have side rails or equivalent structural members.

v) It shall include fittings or other suitable means for changes in direction and elevation of
runs.

3.6 Installation
i) Cable trays shall be installed as a complete system. Trays shall be supported properly
from the building structure. The entire cable tray system shall be rigid.

ii) Each run of the cable tray shall be completed before the installation of cables.

iii) In portions where additional protection is required, non combustible covers/enclosures


shall be used.

iv) Cable trays shall be exposed and accessible.

v) Where cables of different system are installed on the same cable tray, non combustible,
solid barriers shall be used for segregating the cables.

vi) Cable trays shall be grounded by two nos, earth continuity wires. Cable trays shall not
be used as equipment grounding conductors.

vii) At no place the cable tray / rack / ladder running horizontally should rest on any building
partition like Brick wall, RCC beams etc. but instead proper MS supports/ hangers to be
provided at minimum of 1500 mm intervals and at every Turning Angles.

3.7 Jointing and termination’s


Cable jointing shall be done as per the recommendations of the cable manufacturer. All
jointing work shall be done only by qualified/licensed cable jointer.

All jointing pits shall be of sufficient dimensions as to allow easy and comfortable working.

Jointing materials and accessories like conductor, ferrules, solder, flex, insulating and
protective tapes, filling compound, jointing box etc. of right quality and correct sizes,
confirming to relevant Indian Standards.

Each termination’s shall be carried out using brass compression glands and cable sockets.
Hydraulic crimping tool hall be used for making the end termination’s. Cable gland shall be
bonded to the earth by using suitable size copper wire/tape.

HVAC Works : Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC:TS-173

4.0 CABLE TRAYS

Cable Trays shall be Galvanized and factory fabricated out of MS channels, angleiron, tee,
bends, sections, flats and perforated sheet for different loads and number and size of cables
as given below :

Supply and fixing of perforated type cable trays of the following sizes of pre-galvanized iron.

i. 750 mm width x 62.5 mm depth x 2 mm thick


ii. 600 mm width x 62.5 mm depth x 2 mm thick
iii. 450 mm width x 62.5 mm depth x 2 mm thick
iv. 300 mm width x 62.5 mm depth x 2 mm thick
v. 150 mm width x 50 mm depth x 1.6 mm thick

Note : Suitable length of 8 mm dia GI rod suspenders including 25 X 25 X 4 mm GI angle


support at 2000 mm intervals shall be included in the item for perforated type cable tray.

C) [I] MEDIUM VOLTAGE PANELS:

1.0 SCOPE
This Section covers the detailed requirements of medium voltage switch Panel for 433V, 3
phase 50 Hz 4 wire system. These shall be branded and/or assembled/fabricated from a
factory of repute. All switchgears shall be fully rated at an ambient of 40° C.

2.0 TYPE OF PANEL


The medium voltage switch board panel shall comprise of any one of the following types of
switchgears or combination thereof as specified.

(a) Air Circuit breakers draw out or fixed type,

(b) Switch Disconnector Fuse Units fixed type, MCCBs of suitable Ics ratings.
MCCBs shall invariably be Current Limiting type. Features like Double Break,
Positive Isolation functions shall be preferred.
The Panel shall be indoor type having incoming sectionalization and outgoing switchgears as
specified. The design shall be cubical type. The degree of enclosure protection shall be IP 42 as
per IS: 13947 (Part-I).

3.0 M.V PANEL

3.1 General Construction


The switchboard shall be floor mounted free standing totally enclosed and extensible type. The
switch board shall be dust & vermin proof and shall be suitable for the climate conditions as
specified. The design shall include all provisions for safety of operation and maintenance
personnel. The general construction shall conform to IS: 8623/1993 for factory assembled switch
board.

HVAC Works : Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC:TS-174

3.2 Cubical Type Panels


3.2.1 Cubical type panels shall be fabricated out of sheet steel not less than 2.0 mm thick. Wherever
necessary, such sheet steel members shall be stiffened by angle iron frame work. General
construction shall employ the principle of compartmentalization and segregation for each circuit.
Unless otherwise approved, incomer and bus section panels or sections shall be separate and
independent and shall not be mixed with sections required for feeders. Each section of the rear
accessible type panel shall have hinged access doors at the rear. Overall height of the panel shall
not exceed 2.4 meters. Operating levers, handle etc. of highest unit shall not be higher than 1.7
meters. Multi-tier mounting of feeder is permissible. The general arrangement for multi
tier construction shall be such that the horizontal tiers formed present a pleasing and aesthetic
look. The general arrangement shall be approved before fabrication. Cable entries for
various feeders shall be either from top or bottom. Through cable alleys located in between
two circuit sections, either in the rear or in the front of the panel. All cable terminations shall be
through gland plates. There shall be separate gland plate for each cable entry so that there will
not be dislocation of already wired circuits when new feeders are added. Cable entry plates shall
therefore be sectionalized. The construction shall include necessary cable supports for clamping
the cable in the cable alley or rear cable chamber.
Cubicle panels with more than 1000 Amps BUS shall be made of tested structural modular
sections.

3.2.2 Bus Bar and Connections


The bus bars shall be of Copper of high conductivity electrolytic quality and of adequate section.
Current density shall not exceed 160 amps for Copper /sq. cm. The bus bar system may comprise
of a system of main horizontal bus bars and ancillary vertical bus bars run in bus bar alleys on
either side of which the circuit could be arranged with front access cable entries. In the case of
rear access, horizontal bus system shall run suitably either at the top or bottom. All connections to
individual circuits from the bus bar shall preferably be solid connections; however flexible
connections shall also be permitted as per recommendations of the Panel Manufacturer. All bus
bars and connections shall be suitably sleeved / insulated in approved manner.

3.2.3 Incomer I Termination

Incomer termination shall be suitable for receiving bus trunking /underground cables. Cable
terminations shall invariably be through terminal blocks (Poiyamide or superior) or brought
out solid terminals.

3.2.4 Instruments
All voltmeters and ammeters shall be flush mounted of size minimum 96 mm conforming to class
1,5 of IS: 1248 for accuracy. All voltmeters shall be protected with MCB.

3.2.5 Indicating Lamps


On all the incomers of M.V panels, ON/OFF indicating LED lamps shall be provided and shall
be suitable for operation on AC supply. Phase indicating LED lamps shall be associated with
necessary ON/OFF toggle switch.

3.2.6 Small Wiring


All small wiring for Controls, Indication etc, shall be of with suitable FRLS/HFFR (halogen
free fire retardant) copper conductor cables. Wiring shall be suitably protected within switch

HVAC Works : Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC:TS-175

board. Runs of wires shall be neatly bunched, suitably supported and clamped. Means shall be
provided for easy identifications of the wires. Where wires are drawn through steel conduits,
the works shall conform to CPWD General Specifications for Electrical works (Part I-
Internal) - 2005 and IS:732 as the case may be. Identification ferrules shall be used at both
ends of the wires. All control wiring meant for external connections are to be brought out of
terminal board.

OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
The indoor type MV panel shall conform to the following: -
The panel shall comprise of incomers, outgoing feeders and bus coupler as specified.
The incomer shall be either a double break / contact repulsion MCCB or an Air Circuit
Breaker. The bus coupler shall be either a circuit breaker or a double break / contact
repulsion MCCB or switch disconnector fuse unit as specified. The outgoing feeders shall
be circuit breakers/MCCBs as specified.
(a) Bus bars for phase and neutral shall have a rating as specified in the format of Appendix II.
The entire switch panel shall be cubical type generally conforming to 18:8623/1993
for factory assembled switch board.
The incomer panel shall be suitable for receiving bus trunking or MV cable of size specified
either from top or from bottom.

All incoming AIRCIRCUIT BREAKER/MCCB shall have suitable adjustable tripping current and the
time delay settings.
(b) The entire panel shall have a common earth bar of size as specified with two terminals for
earth connections.

4.0 RATING AND REQUIREMENTS

4. 1 Switch Disconnector Fuse Units/MCCB:


4. 1.1 Switch Disconnector Fuse Units: All SDF units for feeders or outgoing circuits shall be
suitable for a Breaking capacity of 80 KA (57 MVA 433V) capacity at 433V 3 phase 50 Hz AC
system conforming to IS: 4064. The number of units and rated current shall be as per
detailed requirements specified. Switch Disconnector Fuse unit shall be double
break front operated type. The units shall be complete with following: -

(a) Necessary HRC cartridge fuses conforming to IS:9224 (Part-II).

(b) Necessary operating mechanism quick break make type.

(c) Necessary set of CTs together with an ammeter and selector switch as specified.

(d) Necessary interconnections to bus bars,

(e) Necessary neutral link inside the SDF unit.

(f) All SDF units shall he AC23A utilization category.

HVAC Works : Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC:TS-176

4. 1.2 MCCB : All MCCBs shall be current limiting type with features of load line
reversibility and suitable for Horizontal / Vertical mounting without any
derating. Beyond 300Amps capacity MCCBs shall have positive isolation
and preferably double break / contact repulsion & double insulation features.
The MCCBs shall invariably be used with terminal spreaders,

5.0 TEST AT MANUFACTURERS WORK

All routine tests shall be carried out and test certificates produced to the department.

6.0 INSTALLATION
The installation work shall cover assembly of various sections of the panels lining up, grouting
the units etc. In the case of multiple panel switch boards after connecting up the bus bars
etc., all joints shall be insulated with necessary insulation tape or approved insulation
compound. A common earth bar as per section 7 of these specifications shall be run
inside at the back of switch panel connecting all the sections for connection to frame
earth system. All protection and other small wirings for indication etc. shall be completed
before calibration and commissioning checks are commenced. All relays, meters etc. shall be
mounted and connected with appropriate wiring.

TESTING AND COMMISSIONING


Commissioning checks and tests shall include all wiring checks and checking up of connections.
Relay adjustment/setting shall be done before commissioning in addition to routine Megger
tests. Checks and tests shall include the following: -

(a) Operation checks and lubrication of all moving parts.


(b) Interlock function checks.
(c) Continuity checks of wiring, fuses etc. as required.
(d) Insulation test: When measured with 500V Megger the insulation resistance shall not be
less than 100 mega ohms.
(e) Trip tests and protection gear test.

C [II] MEDIUM VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR:

1.0 GENERAL

This section covers specification of Medium Voltage Switchboards incorporating items of


switchgear like Air Circuit Breaker, Moulded Case Circuit Breaker, Contactor’s and Metering
etc.

2.0 STANDARDS AND CODES

The latest amended upto date Indian Standard Specifications and Codes of Practice will
apply to the equipment and the work covered by the scope of this contract. In addition the
relevant clauses of the Indian Electricity Act 1910 and Indian Electricity Rules 1956 as
amended upto date shall also apply. Wherever appropriate Indian Standards are not
available, relevant British and/or IEC Standards shall be applicable.

HVAC Works : Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC:TS-177

3.0 SWITCHGEAR:

3.1 Moulded Case Circuit Breakers :

3.1.1 General

 The circuit breakers shall comply with latest IEC/IS standards.

 The breaking capacity performance certificates shall be available for category A to the
above mentioned standards. . The test shall be carried out under the breaking
performance during the ultimate breaking capacity (Icu). Certificate for all the sequences
(Sequence 1 mandatory) should be available.

 All circuit breakers shall have a rated operational voltage of 600V AC (50Hz).

 The rated insulation voltage shall be 600V and 660V at 50/60 Hz. for low breaking
capacity and high breaking capacity MCCBs respectively.

 Thermal overload release adjustment can be done from a single point. MCCB cover need
not to be opened for doing such adjustment.

 There should be different levels of breaking capacities starting from 10kA upto 50kA for
flexibility in selection.

 The breaker shall be maintenance free and fully tropicalized.

 It shall either be 3 poles or 4 poles (switched neutral).

 Production site organization shall be certified to comply with ISO 9001 standard.

3.1.2 Construction

 Operating mechanism shall be of the quick make quick break type, with the speed of
operation independent of the operator, and mechanically trip free from the operating
handle so as to prevent the contacts from being held closed against short-circuit and
overload conditions. The operating mechanism shall be constructed to operate all poles
in a multi-pole breaker simultaneously during opening, closing and tripped conditions.

 It shall not require any external power supply to operate the tripping mechanism.

 The breakers shall be operated by a toggle which shall clearly indicate the three
fundamental position ON, OFF and TRIPPED.

 If required, the breaker will be equipped with rotary handles.

 The breaking and extinction of the electrical arc shall be achieved by means of non-
welding contacts and an arc chute surrounding these contacts.

 If required all electrical accessories should be fitted by manufacturer to avoid tampering


at site.
HVAC Works : Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.
RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC:TS-178

3.1.3 Characteristics

 The protection unit shall have as required.

Variable overload setting from 80 to 100% of In. The setting knob should be centrally
adjustable from front.

MCCB cover need not to be opened for carrying out adjustment.

Short circuit setting should be fixed at 10In +/- 20% as specified in IEC and latest IS.

Earth fault protection (when required) shall be provided as an integral part.

3.1.4 Operation

 If required, the breaker shall be provided with the facility for padlocking and door
interlocking.

 The electrical and mechanical endurance of the moulded case circuit breakers should be
as defined.

 The moulded case circuit breakers shall be equipped with a "push to trip" button in front
to test operation and the opening of the poles.

 The circuit breaker rating, the "push to trip" button, outgoing circuit identification and
the contact position indication must be clearly visible and accessible from the front,
through the front panel or the door of the switchboard.

3.1.5 Options
It shall be possible to combine the following functions into the circuit breaker

Earth fault protection


Remote indication off circuit breaker trip condition and operational conditions (ON/OFF).
Auxiliary contacts, alarm contacts should be available if required.

3.1.6 Installation

It should be possible to terminate Aluminium cable of required size for the defined current
carrying capacity. The requisite size should be made available by means of extended
terminals (as a standard offer) in case the direct terminals are not of adequate size.
Adequate phase to phase clearance has to be ensured in case of extended terminations.

The circuit breaker should provide the flexibility of terminating line and load from any
direction. Manufacturers should test the circuit breaker for this condition and requisite test
certificate should be available.

Phase barrier should be provided as a standard feature.

HVAC Works : Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC:TS-179

3.2 Metering, Instrumentation And Protection.

Ratings, type and quantity of meters, instruments and protective devices shall be as per Bill
of Quantities.

Current Transformers

CTs shall confirm to latest IS codes in all respects. All CTs used for medium voltage
application shall be rated for 1 kV. CTs shall have rated primary current, rated burden and
class of accuracy as specified in schedule of quantities/drawings. Rated secondary current
shall be 5A unless otherwise stated. Minimum acceptable class for measurement shall be 0.5
to 1 and for protection class 10. CTs shall be capable of withstanding magnetic and thermal
stresses due to short circuit faults. Terminals of CTs shall be paired permanently for easy
identification of poles. CTs shall be provided with earthing terminals for earthing chassis,
frame work and fixed part of metal casing (if any). Each CT shall be provided with rating
plate indicating :

i. Name and make


ii. Serial number
iii. Transformation ratio
iv. Rated burden
v. Rated voltage
vi. Accuracy class

CTs shall be mounded such that they are easily accessible for inspection, maintenance and
replacement. Wiring for CT shall be with copper conductor PVC insulated wires with proper
termination works and wiring shall be bunched with cable straps and fixed to the panel
structure in a neat manner.

Potential Transformer
PTs shall confirm to latest amendment upto date IS Codes.

Measuring Instruments

Direct reading electrical instruments shall conform to latest IS codes in all respects. Accuracy
of direct reading shall be 1.0 of voltmeter and 1.5 for ammeters. Other instruments shall
have accuracy of 1.5. Meters shall be suitable for continuous operation between -100C and
+5000C. Meters shall be flush mounting and shall be enclosed in dust tight housing. The
housing shall be of steel or phenolic mould . Design and manufacture of meters shall ensure
prevention of fogging of instrument glass. Pointer shall be black in colour and shall have Zero
position adjustment device operable from out side. Direction of deflection shall be from left
to right. Selector switches shall be provided for ammeters and volt meters used in three
phase system.

KWH Meter

Meter shall be of 3 phase digital dual type with communication port (or as specified in the
BOQ) and shall be provided with a maximum demand indicator.

HVAC Works : Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC:TS-180

Power factor meters

3 phase power factor meters shall be of digital type with current and potential coils suitable
for operation with current and potential transformers provided in the panel. Scale shall be
calibrated for 50% lag - 100% - 50% lead readings. Phase angle accuracy shall be +40.

HVAC Works : Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC:TS-181

AB) LIST OF APPROVED MAKES

The preference of makes shall be in the order as mentioned below. The contractor should
quote for the make mentioned first followed by other alternates in their order.

S. No. Details of Equipment/ Material Manufacturer’s Name

I) HVAC ITEM:
1. Water Cooled Screw Chiller : York//Trane/ Carrier
Savecon
2. Chilled/ Condenser Pumps: : (Kirloskar)/ Bell & Gossett/Wilo
(Mather+Platt)/ Grundfos
3. Cooling Towers : Mihir/Advance /Paharpur
4. Hot Water Generator : Rapid Cool/Emerald/Thermax/Sandhu
5. Air Handling Units:
6. Air Handling Units : Edgtech/Zeco/Syatem Air/Flaktwood
i) Cooling Coil : As per manufacture standered
Kruger/Nikotra/Comferi, Equivalent with
ii) Fan :
AMCA Certification
iii) Fan Coil Unit & Cassette Unit : Sinko/Carryaire/Trane
7. Split AC Daikin/ Hitachi/Toshiba /Carrier

8. Precision Air Handling Unit (PAHU) : Stulz/ Emerson/Clivet/ Bluebox

9. M.S. Pipes:
i) Upto 150mm dia : Tata/Jindal Hissar/Sail
ii) Above 150mm dia : Tata/Jindal Hissar/Sail
10. Butterfly Valves : Advance/Audco/Danfoss
11. Motorized Butterfly Valves : Belimo/Audco/Danfoss
12. Check Valves : Advance/Audco/ Danfoss
13. Ball valve : Zoloto/ Audco/ RC
14. Balancing Valves : Danfoss/ Audco/Advance
2-way Modulating Valves with Belimo/Danfoss/Johnson Controls /
15. :
Thermostat Honeywell
16. Expansion Bellows : Resistoflex /Cori/Areaflex
17. Pot/Y-Strainers : Sandhu/Rapid Cool/Sant/Emerald
18. Suction Guide with Strainer : Anergy/Armstrong/Emerald
19. Pressure Gauge (Industrial Type) : Feibig /H. Guru/ Emerald
20. Differential Pressure Switch : Rapid Control/Anergy/Sant

HVAC Works : Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC:TS-182

S. No. Details of Equipment/ Material Manufacturer’s Name

21. Thermometers : Feibig/H.Guru/Sandhu


22. Closed Expansion Tank : Anergy/ Bell & Gossett/Sandhu
23. Air Separator : Anergy/ Bell & Gossett/Sandhu
24. Auto Air Vent : Anergy/Rapid Cool/Oventrop
25. Plug Valve : Anergy/Rapid Cool
26. Factory Fabricated Duct : Ductofab/Zeco/Rolastar
27. G.I. Sheets : Sail/Tata/Jindal
28. Al. Sheets : Hindalco/Balco/ NALCO
29. Fire Dampers : Ravistar/Greenheck/Flakt/Airflow
30. Grills/Diffusers : Ravistar/ Caryaire/Flowel/Airflow
31. Fresh Air Louvers : Ravistar/Caryaire/Flowel/Airflow
32. Resin bonded Glass wool : UP TWIGA / Owens Corning/ Kimmco
Nitrile Rubber Insulation - Armacell / Armaflex/ supreme/ A-Flex/
33.
Thermaflex
34. PUF Saddles : Lloyds/Beardsell/ Malanpur
Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) FGP/ Pilkington/Beardsell/ Styrene/ Indian
35. :
Packaging
36. Filters (in Air-conditioning system) : Mechmaark/Thermodyne/Purolator/Anfilco
37. Ventilation Fans:
i) Tube/Vane Axial : Kruger/System Air/ Greenheck
ii) Inline (Centrifugal) : Kruger/ Caryaire/ Ostberg
iii) Propeller Fans : Kruger/ GE/Alstom/Crompton
38. Air Washers/Scrubber:

i) Air Washer/Scrubber : Edgetech/Zeco/Roots Air/Ambassador


Kruger/Nikotra/Comferi/ Equivalent with
ii) Fan :
AMCA Certification
iii) Pump : Kirloskar/Beacon

iv) Filters : Mechmaark/Thermodyne/Purolator/Anfilco


Temperature Control With Automatic
39. : Flowcon / Oventrop / TA
Balancing Valve For Fcu’s

HVAC Works : Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC:TS-183

S. No. Details of Equipment/ Material Manufacturer’s Name

II) Electrical Item:


1. Distribution /Starter Panel :
Ambit/CWS/Jackson/ Neptune
2. Distribution Boards : MDS Legrand/ Hager/ Siemens/ Schneider

3. Air Circuit Breaker (ACB) : Siemens/ L&T/Schneider/ABB

4. Moulded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB) : Siemens/ L&T/Schneider/ABB

5. Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB) : MDS Legrand/ Hager/ Siemens/ Schneider/


L&T
6. Electrical Terminals : Elemax/ Connectwell
7. Residual Circuit Breaker (RCCB/RCBO’s) : MDS Legrand/ Hager/ Siemens/ Schneider/
L&T
8. MPCB’s : MDS Legrand/ Hager/ Siemens/ Schneider/
L&T
9. Contactors & O/L relays within built : L&T/ Telemecanique/ Merlin Gerin/ ABB/
SPP Mitsubhishi
10. On-Load Change Over Switch/Main
: Socomeac/ Emerson/ L&T
Switch
11. Potential Transformers : Automatic Electric/ Precise/ Kappa
12. Current Transformer (Epoxy Cast Resin) : Automatic Electric/ Precise/ Kappa

13. Indicating Lamps LED Type, Push L&T (ESBEE)/ Schneider/ Siemens/ Altos
Button :
14. Electronic Digital Meters : Conzerv/ L&T/ Neptune/Socomec/Trinity

15. Cable Tray : MEM/Slotco/OBO


16. Cables & Wire : Gloster/RPG/Polycab/Universal/Finolex

HVAC Works : Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.


RAM MANOHAR LOHIA ACADEMY AT LUCKNOW HVAC:TS-184

S. No. Details of Materials / Equipment Manufacturer’s Name

III) BMS Item:


1. Standalone DDCs Honeywell-WEBs / Alerton / Spyder / Siemens
(PX SERIES)
2. Web Based BMS Software with SIEMENS(DESIGO INSIGHT) / HONEYWELL-
unlimited user license WEBs / ALERTON
3. Web Based Router / Network Area Honeywell-WEBs / Alerton / Siemens
Controller
4. Immersion Temperature Sensor Honeywell / Alerton / Siemens
5. Duct Temperature Sensor Honeywell / Alerton / Siemens
6. Outside Air Temperature Sensor Honeywell / Alerton / Siemens
7. Room Temperature Sensor Honeywell / Alerton / Siemens
8. Duct Humidity Sensor Honeywell / Alerton / Siemens
9. Room Humidity Sensor Honeywell / Alerton / Siemens
10. Flow Meter Schenitech / Honeywell / Kampstrup
11. Duct Static Pressure Sensor Honeywell / Alerton / Siemens
12. Water Level Switch Veksler / Filpro / Sontay
13. DP Switch – Water Honeywell / /Sontay / Siemens
14. DP Switch – Air Honeywell / /Sontay / Siemens
15. CO2 Sensor / IAQ Honeywell / Siemens / Sontay
16. Water Flow Switch Honeywell / Alerton / Siemens
17. Pressure Transmitter – Water Honeywell / Alerton / Siemens
18. Current Relay Veris / Seto / Mamac/Omron / ABB
19. Voltage / Current / Power Factor SETO / ABB / L&T / Enercon / SETCO / Situ
Transducer
20. Flame Proof Level Switch / Level Veksler / Filpro / Sontay / Techtrol
Transmitter
21. PH Sensor / TDS Sensor Honeywell / Hach / Greisinger / Shenitech
22. Personal Computer HP / DELL / LENOVO / TOSHIBA
23. Colour Monitor DELL(ULTRA SHARP) / HP(PAVILION) /
SAMSUNG(SYNC MASTER) / ASUS / LG
(FLATRON) / Lenovo
24. Printer HP / EPSON / CANON
25. Copper Conductor Control Cable Finolex / RR Kable / Delton / Polycab
26. Communication Cables / Signal Cable Delton /Molex/Avaya
27. LAN cables for BMS Network Belden / D-Link / Avaya
28. PVC Conduits BEC / AKG /Optima

********

HVAC Works : Technical Specifications Envirotech Design Pvt. Ltd.

You might also like